2017/ 2018 competition and rules manual · the use of all high fluorinated additives, which...

2017-2018CompetitionandRulesManual–ApprovedSeptember7,20172017.v.1.1

1

UnitedStatesCollegiateSki&Snowboard

Association

2017/2018CompetitionandRules

Manual

EffectiveSeptember7,2017


2

TheUnitedStatesCollegiateSki&SnowboardAssociationUSCSANationalOffice177HuntingtonAve,Suite1703#22462Boston,MA02115-31531-877-35-USCSAwww.USCSA.comThis publication incorporates the final legislative actions of the annual USCSA Board ofDirectorsMeeting,June8-10,2017.LegislationapprovedbytheUSCSABoardofDirectorsattheannualmeetingorduringanExecutiveBoardsessionissetoffbyagraybackground.Readers seeking the legislative history of a given provision (earlier dates of adoption orrevision) should consult theUSCSAAcademicAffairs Committee or theUSCSAExecutiveDirector.Distributed to: directors of athletics; faculty athletics representatives; presidents orchancellors;conferencecommissioners;seniorcomplianceadministrators;andprovisionalandaffiliatedmembers.

The2017/2018CompetitionandRulesManualhasbeenapprovedbytheUSCSABoardofDirectorsanddraftedbytheAcademicAffairsCommitteeChair,undertheguidanceoftheUSCSAExecutiveBoardandtheVicePresidentsofAlpine,NordicandSnowboard/Freeski.This edition of the USCSA Competition and Rules Manual was approved during theExecutiveBoardSessiononSeptember7,2017.

USCSA, USCSA logo and United States Collegiate National Championships are registeredmarks of the Association, and use in anymanner is prohibited unless prior approval isobtainedfromtheAssociation.

©2017bytheUnitedStatesCollegiateSki&SnowboardAssociation.


3

TABLEOFCONTENTSSECTION1–INTRODUCTIONANDDIRECTORY 111.0

USCSAMissionStatement 111.1.OrganizationalProfile 111.2.TheFormulaForSuccess 121.3.TheHeartbeatoftheUSCSA 121.4.ConferenceCoordinatorsandDivisionalStaff 141.5.

SECTION2–TEAMANDINDIVIDUALELIGIBILITY 152.0USCSAMembership 152.1.EnforcementofUSCSAGeneralEligibilityRules 172.2.GeneralPoliciesforMemberSchools 172.3.EligibilityRequirementsforRegionalandNationalChampionships 192.4.ProceduralRegulationsforSubmittingUSCSATeamandIndividualRegistrationand2.5.

EligibilityForms 22ProtestsandAppealsConcerningEligibility 242.6.ReferencedNCAADivisionIIRules 242.7.

SECTION3–ALPINERULES 263.0FISAndUSSARulesversusUSCSARules 263.1.ProtestsConcerningAlpineEvents 263.2.EquipmentRulesSpecifictoUSCSA 273.3.JointRegulationsforSlalom,GiantSlalom 273.4.USSARaceEventRegistration 293.5.AlpineSkiingParallelEvent 293.6.

SECTION4–NORDICRULES 364.0FISandUSSArulesversusUSCSArules 364.1.TheNordicEvent 364.2.ProtestsConcerningNordicEvents 394.3.SeedingofNordicChampionshipCompetitorsforNationalEvents 404.4.

SECTION5–SNOWBOARDRULES 415.0USASA,USSAandFISRulesvs.USCSARules 415.1.TheStart 415.2.TheFinish 425.3.Results 435.4.JointRegulationsoftheCourse 455.5.ProtestsConcerningSnowboardEvents 465.6.CancellationofACompetition 485.7.GiantSlalom(GS) 485.8.SnowboardCross(SBX) 505.9.JointRegulationsForGiantSlalom,SnowboardCross 555.10.RulesSpecifictoParallelEvents 585.11.RulesSpecifictoHalfpipe 625.12.RulesSpecifictoSlopestyle 675.13.CausesForDisqualification 695.14.OrganizingCommitteeandItsDuties 705.15.CompetitionCommittee,CompetitionOfficialsandTheirDuties 715.16.CompositionAndDutiesOfTheCompetitionJury 745.17.


4

SECTION6–FREESKIRULES 796.0USASA,USSAandFISRulesvs.USCSARules 796.1.TheStart 796.2.TheFinish 806.3.Results 816.4.JointRegulationsoftheCourse 836.5.ProtestsConcerningFreeskiEvents 846.6.CancellationOfACompetition 866.7.JointRegulations 866.8.RulesSpecificToSkiercross(SKX) 886.9.RulesSpecificToHalfpipe 946.10.RulesSpecifictoSlopestyle 986.11.CausesForDisqualification 1016.12.OrganizingCommitteeAndItsDuties 1026.13.CompetitionCommittee,CompetitionOfficialsAndTheirDuties 1026.14.CompositionandDutiesoftheCompetitionJury 1056.15.

SECTION7–SCORINGRULES 1107.0FourEventScoring 1107.1.NordicScoring 1117.2.AlpineScoring 1117.3.SnowboardScoring 1127.4.FreeskiScoring 1147.5.USCSAAll-AmericanSkiTeam 1167.6.USCSAScholasticAthleteRecognition 1177.7.USCSAHolgerPetersenVolunteerAward 1177.8.ArmedServicesAward 1187.9.

Section8–NationalChampionshipsQualifications 1208.0RegionalQualificationProcessTowardsAttendanceAtNationals 1208.1.RegionalTeamAllocationToTheAnnualUscsaNationalChampionship 1218.2.NationalChampionshipEvents 1268.3.NationalChampionshipHostingAndSiteSelectionProcess 1288.4.NationalChampionshipSchedule 1308.5.

SECTION9-ARTICLESOFINCORPORATION 1329.0

SECTION10-BY-LAWSOFTHEUNITEDSTATESCOLLEGIATESKI&10.0SNOWBOARDASSOCIATION,INC. 134


5

USER’SGUIDEQuickreferencetothedifferentaspectsoftheUSCSACompetitionandRulesManual.

DecimalNumberingwithTopicHeadings

The decimal numbering systemprovides efficiencyand flexibility.Section headings and numberingto at least the fourth subsectionassist the user in quicklyreferencing the specific rules andregulations. The numberingsystem uses indentation format,whichhelpsthereaderrelateeachsubsectiontothebasicsection.

PageNumberEachpageofthemanualhasbeennumberedforeaseofreferencetopage, as well as decimalnumbering system. The PDFversion of this manual links thetable of contents to each sectionandsubsectionbypagenumber.

PublicationDateandRevisionThe footer of the manual references the annual edition, competitionseasonand thedate inwhich themanualwas approvedby theBoardofDirectors of the USCSA. The second line of the footer illustrates thecurrent version and any changes that have taken place to the manualduringtheseasonwillbereferencedonthe“ChangeLog”startingonthenextpageofthismanual.

RuleChangesAny change to a rule will bereferenced by a shaded greybackgroundwiththeprevioustextstruck through. This sameinformationwouldbecaptured inthe “Change Log” starting on thefollowingpage.Forexample:5.11.5.7 During Finals riders areallowedaminimumof10minutesminimumof5minutes to inspectthe parallel courses by slidingdownoncefromtoptobottomonthesides.

SectionHeaderThe beginning of each section isdenoted by the section header.The PDF version of this manualwill link the table of contents toeachsectionheading.


6

CHANGELOG–USCSARULES2017-20182017.v.1.1–ChangesApprovedbytheFullBoardon6/10/2017.

1. NewConferenceCoordinatorCoreyTolkinwasapprovedastheconferencecoordinatorfortheAtlanticHighlandsConference.

2. TeamRegistrationFeeStructureChangesPer theUSCSATeamand IndividualEligibilityrulessection2.1.1.1, theUSCSAhasestablished a base fee for registration. Rule 2.1.1.2 was updated to referenceindividual registration and removed all late fees. A new rule 2.1.1.4 was added,outliningtheregistrationdatesandfeepaymentschedules.

3. Updated to Tie Breaking Methodology for Alpine Individual Qualifiers forNationalssection8.3.3.1Thecalculationoftiebreakinghasbeenupdatedtoreflectthisnewmethodology:Shoulda tie still exist, thesumof the timesof thecompetitorsshallbe takenasafinal tiebreaker. Racers thatdonotstart (DNS),aredisqualified(DSQ),ordonotfinish (DNF), will use the standard ghost time (110% of the highest athlete timeusedinscoring).Rule8.3.3.3wasalsodeemednolongerrelevantandwasremovedfromtherules.

4. CreationofHeadphonesRules

AlpineRuleAddition:3.3.3:UseofHeadphonesDuringTechEvents.Headphonesshallnotbepermittedwithintheracearena,excludingthestartcorral.Snowboard Rule Addition: 5.10.3.5: Use of Headphones During Speed Events.Headphones shall not be permitted within the race arena for Alpine and Crossevents,excludingstartcorral.Freeski Rule Addition: 6.9.12.5: Use of Headphones During Speed Events.HeadphonesshallnotbepermittedwithintheracearenaforCrossevents,excludingstartcorral.

5. DateofNationalChampionship

Per National Championships rule 8.4.1, the USCSANational Championship shouldnowbeginonthesecondTuesdayinMarch.


7

6. SprintRaceRuleChangeforNordicCompetitions

The format of the SprintRace forNordic Competitions has beenupdated and thechangesareoutlinedinsection4.2.3indetail.

7. CreationofaNordicWaxEquipmentRule4.2.8Theuseofallhighfluorinatedadditives,whichincludespureflouropowder,liquidor block applied to the glide zone of the ski, is prohibited from all USCSANordiccompetitions for both classic and free techniques. This ban includes all USCSARegional Competitions and the USCSA National Competition. This rule shall notapply to joint competitions which do not adhere to this rule, such as USSA/FISPointsraces,USNationalChampionships,JuniorNationalQualifiers,etc.

8. ClarificationofOverallTeamCombinedScoringTie-BreakingforFreeskiand

SnowboardCompetitionsTherulesforOverallTeamCombinedScoringTie-Breakinghavebeenchangedtofurtherprovideclarityinresultstabulation.Theruleschangedareinsection7.4.4.2and7.5.3.2.

9. Clarification of Individual Overall Combined Tie-Breaking for Freeski andSnowboardCompetitions

TherulesforOverallIndividualCombinedTie-Breakinghavebeenchangedtofurtherprovideclarityinresultstabulation.Theruleschangedareinsection7.4.5.1and7.5.4.1.

10. HelmetRulesforSnowboardandFreeskiCompetitionsTherulesforhelmetuseforSnowboardcompetitionshavebeenrevisedinsections5.8.3,5.8.3.3,5.11.12,5.12.6,5.13.6,5.10.4,5.10.4. TherulesforhelmetuseforFreeskicompetitionshavebeenrevisedinsections6.9.12.3,6.10.6,6.11.6.1,and6.8.3.

11. SB/FS “B” Athlete Participating at National Championships by JuryApprovalRules 7.4.1 and 7.5.1 have been updated to reflect that only 5 athletes arepermitted to be seeded in any Snowboard or Freeski competition unlessapprovedbytheJury.


8

Rules7.4.1.1and7.5.1.1provideclarity forwhen the Jurydoesapprovemorethan5athletestobeseededinanyevent.

12. Freeski Overall Team/ Individual Combined 50% Rule O.I Clarification(GhostScore,Team&IndividualApplication)InFreeskiRule7.5.3.3,theO.I.Clarificationofthe50%rulewasupdatedtoprovidefurtherclarificationonhowtheFreeskiOverallTeam&IndividualCombinedscoresaretabulated.

13. StartCadenceRevisedforCrossEventsThe existing rule was deemed outdated and replaced with the following startcadencerule.The Starter: After he/she has ascertained that the course is ready, and tensecondsbeforethestart, thestartershallgiveeachcompetitora"Tensecond"alert.Fivesecondsbeforethestarthe/sheshallcount"5,4,3,2,1"andthengivethe audible start command of "GO". The window to start is 10 seconds. ForCross,thestartergivesthecompetitorthewarning“Ridersready–Attention“–randomlybetween0to5secondsbeforethedoorsopen.

14. SingleEventTeamTieBreaking forNational Championships ScoringForSnowboardandFreeskiTherules7.4.3.3and7.5.2.3havebeenupdatedtoreflectthattieswillnowbebrokenforthetopten(10)placesforeachevent.

15. RegionalsGuestTeams(WesternRegion)TheFullBoardhasvoted toremoverule8.1.2.7onGuestTeammembershipduesforRegionalChampionshipsintheWesternRegion.


9

CORPORATESPONSORS


10

CORPORATEPARTNERS


11

SECTION1–INTRODUCTIONANDDIRECTORY1.0

USCSAMissionStatement1.1.

1.1.1. TobetheNationalgoverningbodyofteamski&snowboardcompetitionatthecollegiatelevel.

1.1.2. To promote and increase awareness of and participation in alpine skiing,nordicskiing,freeskiingandsnowboardingintheUnitedStates.

1.1.3. Toprovidecompetitionanddevelopmentopportunitiesforstudent/athletesinateamatmosphereleadingtowardNationaltitlesineachdiscipline.

OrganizationalProfile1.2.

The United States Collegiate Ski & Snowboard Association (USCSA) is the sportsfederationforcollegiateteamskiracingandsnowboardinginAmerica.Inexcessof178collegesfromcoasttocoast,fieldsome4,700menandwomen,Alpine,Nordic,FreeskiandSnowboardathletesinover200raceeventsannually.

Competitiontakesplaceacrossthreeprogressivetiers.ConferencequalifiersdeterminetheparticipantsatthesixUSCSARegionalChampionships.TheRegionalChampionshipsarethelaststepontheroadtotheannualUnitedStatesCollegiateSkiandSnowboardCollegiateNationalChampionships, the showcase event in college racing. TheUSCSACollegiateNationalChampionshipshasover500athletesparticipatefromuniversitiesin19statesandfromallthe11conferencesoftheUSCSA.

Organizedaspartofanon-profit501(C)3EducationalFoundation,theUSCSAbelievesthat student/athletes, of all levels and abilities should have access to a quality andexciting venue of ski & snowboard competition. The USCSA fosters parity, both ofrepresentationandultimatelycompetition,tocreateandmaintainalevelplayingfieldanddoesallitcantoraisethelevelofcompetitionthroughoutalltheirprogramsfromthe bottom up. The USCSA also recognizes that for athletes to be truly successfulindividuals,academicsshouldtakepriorityoverski&snowboardcompetition.Tohelpfoster this, theUSCSA stresses education first and offers a variety of academic basedawards.


12

TheFormulaForSuccess1.3.

TheUSCSAhasgrownandthrivedduetoitsuniqueapproach.It istheonlycollegiatelevel national governing sports body to foster competition among institutions withvarying national sports affiliations. This means that schools who are NCAA, NAIA,NJCAA,orotherindependentsportbodiescanallparticipateintheUSCSA.

Another special feature of the USCSA is that teams can have different institutionalstatus.Teamsorganized as club sports andvarsity sports competeon the same levelagainstoneanother,makingtheUSCSAtheplaceforeveryone!

Team performance is emphasized within the USCSA, a departure from the typicalindividualorWorldCupscoringformatinskiing. Teamsfieldfiveracerswiththetopthreeperformancesbeingusedfortheteamscore.FormerUSCSAathletesexpressthattheUSCSA's teamorientationhasbeen the seed fordevelopingandnurturinga teamapproachinotheraspectsoftheirlivesandcareers.

Overall team performance is considered separately for each discipline. A school canfield any single or combination of a men's alpine, women's alpine, men's nordic,women's nordic, men’s freeski, women’s freeski, men’s snowboard, women’ssnowboardcompetitionteam.

The USCSA follows stringent rules of individual eligibility. This assures equitablestandardsforallstudent/athletes.

TheHeartbeatoftheUSCSA1.4.

1.4.1. VolunteerStaff.WiththeexceptionofourNationalOfficestaff,theUSCSAisoperatedentirelythroughthetirelesseffortsofitsdedicatedcoreofvolunteerstaff. These volunteers represent the heartbeat of the USCSA, and areresponsibleforcoordinatingandoperatingallUSCSAcompetitionevents.TheUSCSAextendsabig ‘ThankYou’ to all of these individualswhodonate theirtimetomaketheorganizationasuccess.

1.4.2. Membership Representation. The USCSA is a member based organization,meaningthatitsmembersplayanintegralroleinthedirectionandactionsofthe organization. Eachmember conference elects a delegate to the Board ofDirectors.TheBoardalsoselectssixStudent/AthleteRepresentativestoserveon the Board of Directors, making sure that the varying needs of USCSAconferencesanddifferenttypesofteamsareaddressedandmet.AllUSCSAski&snowboardteamsareencouragedtotakeanactiverolewithinthedecisionmakingoftheUSCSA.


13

1.4.3. Membership Benefits. Competitor licensing and Eligibility monitoring,website links for your team, Newsletter, discounts available with USCSACorporate Suppliers and Corporate Sponsors. Organizational assistance toteams and conferences, Access to a Regional and National Championships,Rules and Regulation authority, Team and Conference representation at theUSCSABoardofDirectorsannualmeeting.

1.4.4. AnnualBoardofDirectorsMeeting. TheUSCSABoardMeeting shall rotatebetween the East,West and theMidwest startingwith theMidwest in 1996.TheUSCSABoardmeetingshallbeginthesecondFridayinJune.

• 2018East

• 2019West

• 2020Midwest


14

ConferenceCoordinatorsandDivisionalStaff1.5.

AlleghenyConference SaraGieger

EasternConference BoBigelow

MacConnellDivision MikeLeblanc

ThompsonDivision LauraSullivan

McBrienDivision BolanBigelow

ReynoldsDivision ScottHoisington

NordicDivision AlyssaDausman

GrandTetonConference JerryWolf

MideastConference JimLongo

NordicDivision AlyssaDausman

MidwestConference RobinDzubay

ChicagoDivision KevinHoulihan

LakeSuperiorDivision MikeDzubay

MichiganDivision TBD

OhioDivision TBD

NordicDivision TBD

AtlanticHighlandsConference CoreyTolkin

NorthernCaliforniaConference TBD

NorthwestConference RonBonneau

RockyMountainConference NickLabue

NordicDivision ChristiBoggs

SoutheastConference DougGrayson

SouthwestConference MollyNovasel


15

SECTION2–TEAMANDINDIVIDUALELIGIBILITY2.0

USCSAMembership2.1.

2.1.1. An institution must be an active member of an affiliated USCSA ski &snowboard conference. To participate in any USCSA conference, regional ornationalchampionshipevent,theinstitutionorindividualmustbeamemberingood standing of the USCSA national organization. All rules, regulations andpoliciesofthenationalorganizationmustbeadheredtobyteamsvyingfortheopportunitytoraceinsuchchampionshipevents.2.1.1.1. TeamRegistrationFees

$155.00InstitutionalBaseFee

$155.00PerDisciplineBaseFeeTeamFeesincreaseby3%annually.

2.1.1.2. IndividualRegistrationFees$15PerAthleteBaseFee

LateFees$50.00perInstitutionlatefeeaftertheTuesdaypriortoThanksgiving

daydeadline

$150.00afterDecember15$200.00afterJanuary1

$400.00afterFebruary1

$800.00atUSCSANationalsSanctionsafterUSCSANationals

2.1.1.3. TeamFeesforIndividualswithoutaTeam1competitor-$75

2competitors-$125

3ormorecompetitors(constituteateam):FullTeamRegistrationFeePerAboveSection2.1.1.1.


16

2.1.1.4. RegistrationDatesandPaymentSchedule:

Early Bird Registration (Sept 1 – Oct 30): Base Fees for Institution,Per-DisciplineandPer-AthleteFee.

Nov1–Nov30: InstitutionBaseFee,PerDisciplineBaseFee+$25,PerathleteBaseFee+$5

Dec1–Dec31:InstitutionBaseFee,PerDisciplineBaseFee+50,PerathleteBaseFee+10Jan1–Jan31:InstitutionBaseFee,PerDisciplineBaseFee+75,PerathleteBaseFee+15

Feb1–EndofSeason:InstitutionBaseFee,PerDisciplineBaseFee+125,PerathleteBaseFee+20

*NewInstitutionspayonlyBaseFeeforFirstYear.

2.1.1.5. Men’s alpine, women’s alpine, men’s nordic, women’s nordic, men'ssnowboard, women's snowboard, men’s freeski, women’s freeski, men’sjumping,andwomen’sjumpingareeachconsideredaseparatediscipline.

2.1.2. TheUSCSAshallnotgrantmembershiptoaSecondaryorDevelopmentteamofanyinstitutionthatfieldseitheraUSCSAorNCAAcluborvarsityteam.(Thisistoincludeanyteamsthathadbeenunderagrand-fatheredclause.)

O.I.:Membershipisnottobegrantedtomorethanoneteamataninstitution.Ifa school has already joined the NCAA, then that is the team of record, and noadditional squad can be recognized from that school. Similarly if a schoolregisters a team with USCSA, no additional squad may be registered with theUSCSA.Only schoolswithamultiple campus setupmay registermore thanonesquad.ThisisonlypossibleifALLoftheirathleticteamscompeteindependently.(UCBerkeley,UCLosAngeles,UCSanDiego,etc.)

2.1.2.1. Secondary or Development Teams. These include any additionalsquadataninstitutionformedtoproducemultiplelevelsofcompetitionatthat institution. Specifically,butnot limited toSchoolswhich fieldNCAAVarsityteamsandwanttoregisteradditionalsquadstocompeteinUSCSA.This is to include NAIA, Independent, and USCSA members wishing toregistera"secondsquad"withintheUSCSAorganization.

2.1.2.2. While we do not accept membership from Secondary teams, andtherefore they are not eligible for the championships, theymay exist as"guest"membersofconferencesandcompeteattheconferencelevel.


17

2.1.2.3. Per the approval of the Board of Directors the following exceptionshavebeen“grand-fathered’toRegional’s.

2.1.2.3.1. Grand-fathered: University of Colorado, University of Denverand Montana State University will from this time on, be the onlysecondary schools that will be permitted this accommodation. TheWesternRegionisdirectedtoadjustthefieldsizeupto19teamstoaccommodateuptothreeguest/secondaryteams(CU,DU,MSU)whofinishintheRockyMountainConferenceinthetopfive(5)andintheGrand Teton Conference in the top three (3) to participate at theregional’sasguestteams.

O.I.:Eachoftheaforementionedprograms(3)maysendupto5individualspergender,ifsoqualifiedasperelsewhere,totheAlpineEvents.Theywillbelistedas "individuals" from thoseprogramsand seeded, 3after theUSCSAmemberindividualsrunningattheendofseedone,withtheremainingracerallocated 3 at a time following each of the remaining four "team" seeds.Theywillappearonall resultsas individuals in thesamemannerasotherindividualsattheseraces,andasthereisnomentionofteamscorefromtheUSCSAindividuals,neithershalltherebementionofteamscorefromthese"GUEST INDIVIDUALS". Additionally, as these racers are not members ofUSCSA,butinvitedguests,theymaynotadvancetoNationals.

EnforcementofUSCSAGeneralEligibilityRules2.2.2.2.1. The Academic Affairs Committee is a Permanent Standing Committee,

consisting of a chairperson and three members, independent of theCompetitionCommittees.

2.2.2. TheAcademicAffairsCommitteeoftheUSCSAwillinvestigateandenforceallgoverningrulespertainingtotheUSCSACompetitionDivisions.TheAcademicAffairsCommitteeisempoweredbytheBODtoimposeandenforcesanctionsapplicabletoviolations.

2.2.3. Allmember institutionsmustprovideanydocumentation requestedby theUSCSAAcademicAffairsCommittee.

2.2.4. Memberschoolsmustmonitortheirathletes'eligibility. GeneralPoliciesforMemberSchools2.3.

2.3.1. DefinitionsApplicabletoEligibilityRegulations2.3.1.1. REGULARLICENSE.AllcurrentUSCSArulesandreferencedrulesfrom

theNCAADivisionIIRuleBookadoptedbytheBODandallformsmustbemaintained. Competitors registered in this manner shall be eligible tocompete in ALL USCSA races, including post season Regionals andNationals.


18

2.3.1.2. RESTRICTED LICENSE. Athletes on teams so registered shall beeligible to compete only in conference races. Regional and Nationalcompetitionsareprohibited.

2.3.1.3. SEASON. A season commences with the beginning of practicefollowingteamtryoutsandendswiththe finalregularlyscheduledski&snowboard meet prior to any post-season competition to begin theprocess of qualifying for the United States Collegiate Skiing andSnowboardChampionships.

NOTE: Regularly scheduled ski & snowboardmeetsmay be held after theconference/regionalqualifyingprocess.Theseski&snowboardmeetswillbecountedforinjuryexemption.

2.3.1.4. Ski&SnowboardMeet.Aski&snowboardmeetisacompetitionheldat a ski area regardless of the number of events (slalom, giant slalom,boardercross,half-pipeand/ornordic).

2.3.1.5. Scrimmage. A scrimmage is a competition between two teams whoagreeitisnotanofficialski&snowboardrace.Ascrimmage:(1)isnotaski&snowboardmeet,(2)doesnotcountonateam'swin-lossrecord,(3)doesnotcounttowardsparticipationinamajorityoftheski&snowboardmeets,(4)shallnotbeusedindeterminingeligibilityinthecaseofinjury,and(5)doesnothavepublishedresults.

2.3.1.6. AcompetitormustappearontheRegularorRestrictedLicenseListatthetimeofraceregistrationtobeallowedtoparticipateinaUSCSAmeetas a member of a scoring team, or as an individual eligible for USCSAscoring purposes. Competitors who do not appear on the Regular orRestrictedLicenseListmaycompeteataneventasaguestcompetitorattheeventorganizersdiscretion.

2.3.1.7. For USCSA eligibility regulations, each one of the following areconsidered separate ski & snowboard teams: Men's Alpine, Women'sAlpine,Men'sNordic,Women'sNordic,Men’s Freeski,Women’s Freeski,Men’s Jumping, Women’s Jumping, Men's Snowboard and Women'sSnowboard.

2.3.2. PoliciesforMemberSchools2.3.2.1. Anintercollegiateski&snowboardteammaynotcompeteinaclosed

ski&snowboardmeetorscrimmagewithoragainstanypublicorprivatehighschoolteam.

2.3.2.2. Intercollegiateteammembersmayparticipateinanopencompetitionin which high school students participate, but the event may not besponsored by the college or university, nor by any USCSA Conference.


19

Appeals for waiver may be made to the Chairperson of the USCSAAcademicAffairsCommittee.

2.3.2.3. AUSCSAintercollegiateski&snowboardteammaynotcompeteasateam inanyevent, collegiateorotherwise,unless theevent ispartofanUSCSAconferenceorhasbeenapprovedbytheUSCSAExecutiveBoard.

2.3.2.3.1. AlleventsmustmeetUSCSAeligibilityrules.

2.3.2.3.2. This does not affect individual competitors except for therequirementformaintainingamateurstatus.

2.3.2.3.3. As no race events were proposed to the Academic Affairscommittee, for exemptions for prize money to be won; the NCAArules of amateurismwill remain in force. Therefore no race eventswillbeexempt.

2.3.3. CanadianTeamParticipation2.3.3.1. USCSAcompetitioniscoordinatedandsanctionedexclusivelythrough

UnitedStatesbasedCollegiateConferences.2.3.3.2. Canadiancollegeski&snowboard teamsmayholdmembershipand

participateinaU.S.USCSAbasedaffiliatedconference.

2.3.3.3. CanadianteamsmustsolicitmembershipviatheUSCSAconferenceinwhich they wish to participate and such team(s) must meet all otherUSCSA eligibility requirements in order to participate on a conferencelevel.

2.3.4. SnowboardIndividualEligibilityRequirements.2.3.4.1. Theathletemustbeafull-timestudentandingoodacademicstanding

asrequiredbytheirinstitution.

EligibilityRequirementsforRegionalandNationalChampionships2.4.AlltheregulationslistedunderEligibilityRequirementsforStudent-AthletesapplytoindividualsandteamsqualifyingforUSCSAregionalandnationalchampionships.Inaddition,thefollowingregulationsapply.

2.4.1. RegulationsForParticipationInChampionships2.4.1.1. A student-athlete may participate in the respective USCSA-United

States Collegiate Skiing and Snowboard Championships nomore than atotalofFOURtimes.

2.4.1.2. AskieriseligiblefortheUSCSAnationalchampionshipsifhe/shehasaRegularCompetitorsLicense,andfortheUSCSAregionalchampionshipifhe/shehasaRegularorRestrictedCompetitorsLicense.Theskiermustalso have been a member of the institution’s intercollegiate ski &snowboard team during the majority of its most recent season, whichincludes a majority of these intercollegiate season practices, and amajorityofrequiredconferenceraceevents.


20

2.4.1.3. To be eligible for post-season events (Regionals and Nationals), aracermusthaveparticipatedinaminimumoftwoconferenceevents,(inseparatemeets).

O.I.:(Official Interpretation): Separate meets means on two separateweekends.

O.I.:Theavailabilityand/orinjurywaiversindicatethatifanathleteisnotparticipating in ski & snowboard competition anywhere else, that he/shecanbemovedupwithoutanappeal, ifhe/shedoesnotfulfilltheminimumrequirementofthetwoconferenceevents(inseparatemeets).


21

2.4.1.4. A skier is eligible to compete in an USCSA conference, regional ornational championship if his/her name appears on the Affidavit ofEligibility, holds a Regular competitors License, has participated in themajority of the practices, and has been eligible and available to be asubstitute ifcalledupon foramajorityof themeetsprior topost-seasonski&snowboardmeets.

O.I.:Available,meansavailabletorace.

O.I.:Astudentmatriculatingforadegree(graduateandundergraduate)inhis/hers6thacademicyear,maypetitiontoparticipate,providedhe/shehasnotcompetedinmorethanthreeyearsofcollegeski&snowboard.

2.4.1.5. A skier is not eligible to participate in a regional or nationalchampionshiponanyski&snowboardteamunlesseligibleandavailableto participate in 2 conference events and Regional qualifying meetsleadingtowardsthenationalchampionships.

2.4.1.6. Any individual or team must qualify for attendance at the nationalchampionship through a USCSA regional championship. Only thoseindividuals and teams who so qualify are eligible for the United StatesCollegiateSkiingandSnowboardChampionships.

2.4.1.7. Any college ski & snowboard team switching to USCSA nationalaffiliation (from NCAA, NJCAA, etc.) shall wait out one year prior tobecomingeligibletoparticipateintheUnitedStatesCollegiateSkiingandSnowboard Championships, unless granted an exception by the USCSAconference to which the team is applying for membership. Waiver forsitting out one (1) USCSA national championship shall be made to theconference of applicant and subsequently confirmed by the USCSAExecutiveBoardwhichshouldthenbeguidedbythatconference’swishes.

2.4.1.8. AnyathleteholdingaRestrictedCompetitorsLicenseisnoteligibletoparticipateinaRegionalorNationalChampionshipevent.

2.4.2. SpecialRegulationsConcerningParticipationAtChampionships2.4.2.1. If the institution does not have an intercollegiate ski & snowboard

team,anindividualskier iseligibletoparticipateintheconferenceracesandregionalsornationalchampionshipsifotherwisequalified.


22

2.4.2.2. OnecompetitorfromaRestrictedLicenseteammayobtainaRegularCompetitorsLicensewhichwill allowoneathlete topursuequalificationfor the Regional and National events. Application includes alldocumentation required of a Regular Competitors License, includingsubmittalbytheTuesdaypriortoThanksgivingDay.

O.I.:Anathletewhoparticipates inastudyabroadoroffcampusprogramand is thus unable to participate in a majority of practices and to beavailableasasubstituteforamajorityofthemeetspriortothepost-seasonshallstillbeeligibleforpost-seasoncompetitions.

Procedural Regulations for Submitting USCSA Team and Individual2.5.RegistrationandEligibilityForms

2.5.1. USCSASki&SnowboardTeamandInstitutionalMembershipApplications2.5.1.1. All participating teams must register annually with the USCSA by

submitting a Ski & Snowboard Team Membership Application, and theUSCSA Institutional Membership application, mailed to the USCSANational Office no later than the Tuesday prior to Thanksgiving Day,accompanied by a payment of a designated annual institutional and perdisciplineUSCSAdues.

2.5.1.2. Penalty for Non-Compliance: Teams not submitting the Ski &Snowboard Team Membership and USCSA Institutional MembershipApplicationsbytheindicated(November)datewillbeissuedaRestrictedLicense and will be considered ineligible to compete in a regional ornationalevent.

2.5.2. IndividualCompetitorRegistrationandLiabilityRelease2.5.2.1. EachUSCSAraceparticipantisrequiredtocomplete,signandsubmit

to the USCSA national office an Individual Competitor Registration andLiabilityReleaseform.Thecompletedformshouldbesubmittedthroughtheir team officer, before the Tuesday prior to Thanksgiving Day. ThisformwillincludealiabilityreleasestatementonbehalfoftheUSCSA,theUSSA,hostingskiareas,andallrelatedpersonnelandofficials.

2.5.2.2. Penalty For Non-Compliance: individual competitors, who do notcomplete, sign and submit the required Individual CompetitorRegistration and Liability Release form before the Tuesday, prior toThanksgivingDayshallbeconsidered ineligible toraceandshall remainineligible until the time a completed form is received by the NationalOffice.Atthattime,onlyaRestrictedLicensewillbeissued.


23

O.I.: Individual. Where it says, ‘a restricted license for’ an ‘individualcompetitor’,thisreferstoindividualstryingtocompeteoutsideoftheteam.(When there is only one person and they don’t have a team.) There is adifferentiationonlicensesforathletes,outsidethatscenario.Ifanathleteisaddedtoateam,he/shecomesunderwhatevertheteam’slicenseis.

2.5.3. Ski&SnowboardTeamEligibilityForms2.5.3.1. The Ski & Snowboard Team Eligibility Form, listing all ski &

snowboardteammembers,requestedLicenseType,andrequesteditemsofinformationconcerningacademiceligibilityisrequiredforvalidationofinstitution (college) registrationandathleticeligibility forall individualswishing to participate on a college ski & snowboard team competingundertheauspicesoftheUSCSA.Certificationoftheathlete'seligibilityonthis form is from September to September. This form will be availablefromtheUSCSAnationalofficeorfromeachconferenceheadquarters.Itisthe responsibility of each team to secure this form, supply accurate andcompleteinformationwhererequested,submitittotheproperauthoritiesfor additional information, verification and signature, and file one copywith the USCSA national office no later than the Tuesday prior toThanksgivingDayof eachyear.Additions to team formsarepermissiblepriortothecompletionofthemidpointraceofateam’squalifyingseason.Addedcompetitorsmaynotcompeteonascoringteamorbeincludedinscoring for individual qualifying to regional championships without acompleted eligibility form and a USCSA Competition License. An athletemay compete as a guest in the event at the discretion of the eventorganizerbeforeUSCSAeligibilityisestablished,butcannotbeincludedinthe scoring for regional qualifications retroactively once eligibility isestablished.

2.5.3.2. Penalty For Non-Compliance: A Team that has not submitted acompleted and signed Team Eligibility Form, accompanied with theIndividualLiabilityandReleaseFormforeachathletenamedontheTeamEligibilityFormpriortotheTuesdaybeforeThanksgivingDay:

2.5.3.2.1. Will automatically be issued a Restricted Competitor Licenseonly.ThereforenoTeammemberwillbeeligibletoparticipateintheRegionalorNationalevents.

2.5.3.2.2. All liability forms must be completed and turned into thenationalofficebeforetheTuesdaypriortoThanksgivingday.

2.5.3.2.3. Written proof, with an institution’s registrar's stamp, that ateam'seligibilityformhasbeensubmittedtotheinstitutionpriortotheNovemberdate.

2.5.3.2.4. Aninstitutionhaspaiditsmembership

2.5.3.2.5. Extensions are accepted at the discretion of the AcademicAffairsCommittee.


24

2.5.4. DeletionofAthleteNamesfromEligibilityForms.2.5.4.1. Individual athlete names may be deleted from the affidavit of

eligibility,baseduponthefollowing

2.5.4.1.1. Request for removal should be submitted to the USCSAAcademic Affairs Committee prior to the USCSA Competition andRulesCommittees’meeting(Springofeachyear).

2.5.4.1.2. Racer has participated in no intercollegiate ski & snowboardeventsforthatinstitutioninsaidyear.

2.5.4.1.3. Whenaracerisinjuredduringtheseasonandhascompetedinno more than one- quarter of the school’s season of practices andmeetsprior to the injury.Documentationcoveringsuch injurymustbepresentedatthetimetherequestismade,includingastatementofattendingphysician.

ProtestsandAppealsConcerningEligibility2.6.

2.6.1. Protests which cannot be handled at the conference level must be lodgedwiththeUSCSAAcademicAffairsCommitteebyanidentifiedrepresentativeofaUSCSAinstitutionandbeaccompaniedbysubstantiatingevidence.

2.6.2. Any institution disqualified for failure to comply with eligibilityrequirementsshallhavetherighttoappealtherulingtotheUSCSAAcademicAffairsCommittee.

2.6.3. DecisionsmadebytheUSCSAAcademicAffairsCommitteemaybeappealedtotheUSCSAExecutiveBoard.

ReferencedNCAADivisionIIRules2.7.2.7.1. TheUnitedStatesCollegiateSki&SnowboardAssociationvotedinMay1988

toadopt,byreference,thefollowingNCAAIIrules2.7.1.1. OperatingBylaw,Article12,Amateurism

2.7.1.2. OperatingBylaw,Article13,Recruiting

2.7.1.3. Operating Bylaw, Article 14, Eligibility: Academic and GeneralRequirements

2.7.1.4. OperatingBylaw,Article15,FinancialAid

2.7.1.5. Operating Bylaw, Article 16, Awards, Benefits & Expenses ForEnrolledStudentAthletes

2.7.1.6. OperatingBylaw,Article17,Playing&PracticeSeasons

O.I.:WhentheNCAAusestheterm'dates',theymean'events',somethingcoveringtwodays.Therefore16datesmeans32days.

2.7.1.7. Constitution,Article2.3,ThePrincipleOfEthicalConduct


25

2.7.1.8. Constitution,Article2.10,ThePrincipleGoverningFinancialAid

2.7.1.9. Constitution,Article5.2.2,OperatingBylaws2.7.1.10. OperatingBylaw,Article10.1,UnethicalConduct2.7.1.11. OperatingBylaw,Article10.4,DisciplinaryAction2.7.1.12. Operating Bylaw, Article 11.1.1, Standards Of Honesty &

Sportsmanship

2.7.1.13. Operating Bylaw, Article 18.4.1, Eligibility For Championships -StudentAthleteEligibility

2.7.1.14. Administrative Bylaw, Article 32.3.6,Disclosure Of Purpose OfInterview

O.I.PertainingtoNCAASeasonofcompetition14.2.4.2.3,Proofofexpensespaidbyathletewillberequiredforeligibility.

2.7.2. DateOfRuleAdoptionAndUSCSACorollaries.TheaforereferencedNCAAIIrules thatwere adopted by the USCSA shall become effectiveMay 15, 1988,dateofadoption.ThefollowingUSCSAcorollariesshallapply.

2.7.2.1. InallinstancesinwhichcurrentreadingofNCAArulesrefertoNCAA,pleasesubstituteUSCSAforamoreaccurateunderstandingoftheruling.

2.7.2.2. In all instances inwhich currentwording refers to NCAA AcademicRequirementsCommittee orCouncil, please substitute thewordsUSCSAAcademicAffairsCommittee.

2.7.2.3. All institutions shall operate under the standards, set forth in theNCAADivisionIIrules,ascitedabove.

2.7.2.4. When referring to pertinent NCAA rules, two-year institutions shallsubstitutethewords2yearswherethetextreads4years,andthewords3yearsforthewords5yearswherevertheyappearinthetext.

2.7.2.5. In addition, two-year institutions shall substitute the words 6semesterswhere the text reads 10 semesters and 9 quarterswhere thetextreads15quarters.

2.7.2.6. For an institution that does not require SAT or ACT scores, a highschoolGPAof2.0,inthecorecurriculum,asdefinedbytheNCAADivisionII,willsufficeaseligible.

NOTE:CopiesoftheNCAADivisionIIRulesManualmaybeobtainedfromNCAAPublishingonlineatwww.ncaa.org.


26

SECTION3–ALPINERULES3.0

FISAndUSSARulesversusUSCSARules3.1.3.1.1. USCSAalpinecompetitionsshallbegovernedbythemostcurrenteditionof

the following rules; USCSA Alpine Rules, USSA Alpine Competition Rulespertaining to scored U19 and Sr. events. (Not USSA Masters rules, unlessspecificallyreferencedwithintheUSCSArules)andtheFIS(ICR).USCSAalpinecompetitionsshallbegovernedfirstbytheUSCSArules,second,inallareasnotspecificallycovered,theUSSAAlpineCompetitionrulesshallbeused,andthird,inallareasnotspecificallycoveredtheFIS(ICR)shallbeused.InnocaseshallaUSCSArulebeenforcedthatviolatesaUSSArule.FISandUSSArulebooksareavailable,onlineatwww.ussa.organdwww.fis-ski.com.

ProtestsConcerningAlpineEvents3.2.3.2.1. Protests concerning Disqualification or Timing: A protest against a

disqualificationortimingmustbegiveninwriting,byateamofficertoavotingmemberofthejuryandbeaccompaniedbyacashdeposit; for RegionalandNationals the deposit is $50, $100 protest fee for equipment. Such protestsmust be received within the specified time period for the particular type ofprotest. The deposit will be refunded if the protest is upheld. Such protestsmust be received within the specific time period, for the particular type ofprotest.SeedisqualificationsintheUSSAcompguide.

3.2.2. Appeals3.2.2.1. For all events not sanctioned by the USSA or FIS, appeals against a

decisionofthejury,aprotestispermissibleto3.2.2.1.1. TheConferenceAppealsBoard(ConferenceRaces)

3.2.2.1.2. TheRegionalAppealsBoard(RegionalRaces)3.2.2.1.3. TheUSCSACompetition/RulesCommittee(NationalEvents)

3.2.3. For all events sanctionedby theUSSAor FIS follow the appeal proceduresoutlined by the appropriate governing organization. If the appeal concerns aUSCSArulefollowtheprocedurepresentedinsection3.2.2.1.1.

3.2.4. The USCSA Competition and Rules Committee shall hear all protestsregarding USCSA rules at national events. Any member of the USCSACompetition and Rules Committee who may have served on the jury beingprotested, or are representatives of schools involved therein, shall bedisqualifiedfromthedeliberationsonthatissue.

3.2.5. The appeal, inwriting andwith substantiating particulars,must always besubmittedtotheappropriateappealsboard,ormailedtheretowithin14daysaftertheannouncementofthepreviousdecisionontheprotests(notcountingtheannouncementday).


27

EquipmentRulesSpecifictoUSCSA3.3.

3.3.1. TheUSCSAadherestoallUSSAEquipmentrulesforcompetitionsasdefinedin the USSA Alpine Rules (http://alpine.usskiteam.com/alpine-programs/athletes/rules). Inanyareasnot specifically coveredby theUSSA,thentheFIS(ICR)rulesshallbeused.

3.3.2. For the 2016-2017 season only, the USCSA will follow the USSA Master'srulesasdefinedintheUSSAAlpineEquipmentGuidewithregardtoonlyGiantSlalomskiturnradiusrequirements.

3.3.3. UseofHeadphonesDuringTechEvents.Headphonesshallnotbepermittedwithintheracearena,excludingthestartcorral.

JointRegulationsforSlalom,GiantSlalom3.4.

3.4.1. Seeding–Alpine3.4.1.1. Participating full teams shall have one racer placed in each of the 5

seeds.Theorderofteamsshallbegeneratedbyrandomselectionwithineachseed.Thereshallbeseparatedrawsforbothslalomandgiantslalom

3.4.1.2. The seeding of outstanding individual competitors (Regional andNationals) for slalom and giant slalom shall be placed between the firstandsecondseed.Therandomselectionoftheseindividualrepresentativesshallbedeterminedbydrawattheseedingmeeting.(ForNationals:Ifanoutstanding individual competitor is also a member of an Invitationalteam, he/she will maintain the outstanding individual competitorseeding.)

3.4.1.3. The BIBO method of seeding shall be used for alpine competition.BIBOseedingisusedinthesecondrunofslalomandgiantslalomevents.

O.I.: The BIBOmethod of seeding shall be used for Alpine competitions asstatedintheUSSACompGuideRule.U621.11.3Atleastonehourbeforethecompetition, if deemed appropriate by the jury, reversing the number ofteamsispermissible.

3.4.1.4. Seeding for the second run of alternate racers shall be at thediscretionoftheChiefofRace,tobeannouncedpriortotheevent.

3.4.1.5. Thenumberandagesofthefollowingcompetitorsshallbelimited:5men and 5 women. U19’s only will be entered as a team by the USSADivisional Selection Chairperson. However, if the institution is having alocalclubhostitsevent,thelocalclubmayenterupto5moremenand5more women of seniors, U19’s and U16’s only. These racers will beenteredattheendofthecollegefield.

3.4.1.6. NationalChampionship-InvitationalAlpineTeams


28

3.4.1.6.1. First run shallhaveone racer in eachof the five (5) seeds tostart at the end of all qualified teams and outstanding individualcompetitors.Thus,thefirstcompetitorfromaninvitationalteamwillstart101st,ifthefieldof100qualifiedcompetitorsisfilled.

3.4.1.6.2. The second shall be run in BIBO formatwith all competitors(invitationalandqualifiedteams)seededinorderof finishfromthefirstrun.

3.4.2. SullivanSeedingSystem3.4.2.1. At any USCSA event, excluding US Collegiate Ski & Snowboard

NationalChampionships™, theSullivanSeedingsystem, if sodesiredandannouncedontheraceannouncement,thesecondrunrunningordershallbegeneratedasfollows.Followingthecompletionofthefirstrun;

3.4.2.1.1. Rank the teams by summing the times of the three fastestskiersfromeachteamtodetermineathletesin“TheCut”,

3.4.2.1.2. Theremainingathletes,notscoringfortheirrespectiveteams,arerankedinorderofdescendingfirstruntimes(slowesttofastest)“TheFlip”,

3.4.2.1.3. The second run running order is developed in the followingmanner;

3.4.2.1.3.1. TheathletesintheFlipareseededfirstfollowedbytheathletesintheCut,

3.4.2.1.3.2. In the Cut, teams will race in reverse order of teamplace following the first run (slowest to fastest), within eachteamtheathleteswillbeseededslowesttofastest.

3.4.2.2. OutstandingIndividualsandGuestathleteswillbeseedaccordingtotheirfirstruntimeintheFlip.NospecialconsiderationswillbemadeforFour-WayTeams.

3.4.3. RandomDrawProcedure3.4.3.1. StepI.Determinethenumberofteamsandthenumberofcompetitors

perteam.Therewillbeonbibsetforeachteamdesignatedbyletters.Oneseedwill consist of the total numbers of teams competing. Example: 19teams,thebibsetswillbeletteredAtoS,withaseedof19competitors.

Individualcompetitorswillbe insertedafter the1stseed.So if thereare19 teams and 5 individuals, bibs 20-24 will be used for the individualcompetitors.

Establish the remainingseeds, soyouknowwhatbibnumbersgo in theremainingseeds.


29

3.4.3.2. StepII.Randomlyassignanumberfromeachseed,toabibset.Sothatonenumberfromeachteamseedgoestoonebibset.Youcanaccomplishthis by either bydrawingnumbers and letter out of a hat or byusing arandomizeronacomputer.

3.4.3.3. StepIII. Doadoublerandomdraw.Yourandomlypickateam,thenthatteamrandomlypicksabibset.Thesameisdonefortheindividuals.Itisrecommendedthatyouusedifferentbibsets(groupsofbibs)foreachevent,sothatthebibsforeachdaymaybedoneaheadoftime.

USSARaceEventRegistration3.5.

3.5.1. USCSAalpineracesmaybeUSSAregisteredevents. AlpineSkiingParallelEvent3.6.

3.6.1. Eligibility3.6.1.1. Teams: will be eligible to compete in the USCSA National

ChampionshipsTeamParallelEventonlyiftheyqualifiedasanAlpineor4-wayteamfortheUSCSANationalChampionships

3.6.1.2. Individuals: will be eligible to compete in the USCSA NationalChampionshipsIndividualParallelEventonlyiftheyqualifiedasanAlpineindividual fortheUSCSANationalChampionshipsorareguest individualathlete.

3.6.2. TeamSize3.6.2.1. 5competitorswillcompriseateam

3.6.3. Definitions3.6.3.1. Parallel Race. The Parallel race is a competition where two

competitors race simultaneously side by side down two courses. Thesettingofthecourses,theconfigurationofthegroundandthepreparationofthesnowaretobeasidenticalaspossible.

3.6.3.2. VerticalDrop.Theverticaldropof thecourseshouldbebetween80and100m.There shouldbebetween20 and30 gates, not counting thestart and finish.The runtimeof each race shouldbebetween20and25seconds.

3.6.4. ChoiceandPreparationoftheCourse3.6.4.1. Choose a slope wide enough to permit two or more courses,

preferably slightly concave (permitting a viewof thewhole course fromanypoint).Theterrainvariationsshouldbethesameacrossthesurfaceoftheslope.Thecourselayoutsshouldhavethesameprofileandthesamedifficulties.

3.6.4.2. Over the full width of the chosen slope, the snow should beconsistently hard, similar to course preparation for Slalom, so that it ispossibletoofferequalraceconditionsonbothcourses.


30

3.6.4.3. TheOrganizer should provide transport for the athletes back to thestartintheshortesttimepossible.

3.6.4.4. Aliftnexttothecourseispreferredtoensurethattheracesarerunsmoothlyandrapidly.

3.6.4.5. The course should be entirely closed off by barriers. It isrecommendedtofenceoffreservedplacesintendedforcoaches,trainers,competitors,andservicemen.

3.6.5. TheCourses3.6.5.1. Eachcourseisdesignatedbyaseriesofgates,polesorcurvemarkers;

each gate marker is composed of two slalom poles with a GS gate flagstretchedbetweenthemandfastenedinsuchawaysoastotearorbreakaway.A short stubbypole anda tall staticpole connected togetherby atriangulargatepanel(asinasnowboardgatesystem)maybeused.

3.6.5.2. Polesand flagsare red for thecourseonskiers leftandblue for thecourseonskier'sright.Thebottomoftheflagsmustbeatleastapprox.1mabove thesnow(exception:useofa snowboardgate/triangularpanelsystems).

3.6.5.3. Thesamecoursesetterestablishes thecoursesandmakessure theyareidenticalandparallel.Theymustensurethatthecourseflowissmoothandthatthereisvarietyinthecurves(verypronouncedcurves)andthatthecoursecausesrhythmchanges.Innocaseshouldthiseventresemblealongstraightrunfromtoptobottom.Aturningradiusof13-15metersisrecommended.

3.6.5.4. Thefirstgateineachcourseshouldbeplacednolessthan8mfromthestartandnomorethan10m.

3.6.5.5. Shortly before the finish line, after the last gate, the separationbetween the two coursesmust bewellmarked so that they direct eachcompetitortowardsthemiddlepartoftherespectivefinish.

3.6.5.6. DistancebetweentheTwoCourses

3.6.5.6.1. Thedistancebetweentwocorrespondinggatesmarkers(fromturning pole to turning pole) should be no less than 10m and nomorethan12m.

3.6.5.6.2. Thecoursesettershallusea“triangulation”methodtoensureaccuracy between courses. Triangulation ensures that the verticaldistancefromaturningpoletothenextturningpoleoneachcourseis identical, and that the horizontal distance between the turningpolesofeachcourseisidenticalthroughout.

3.6.5.6.3. The course setter may make slight modifications before thefirst competitors start, basedonobservation of forerunners and/orinputfromforerunners.


31

3.6.5.6.4. The jurymaydecide to insertup to two jumps in the course.Thelipofthejumpshouldbenomorethan1.5meters(4’)abovethesnowsurfaceatthebaseofthejump.

3.6.6. TheStart3.6.6.1. StartDevice

3.6.6.1.1. Twohingeddoorseachapproximately100cmwide,40cminheight,andwiththebottomedgeofthegateapproximately100-125cmabove theground.Thedoorsshouldbecapableof simultaneousand/ordelayedopening.Openingofthedoorsisideallybyelectroniccontrol. The bolt (lock) system should utilize an electromagnet sothatthestartgatesopensimultaneously.Thisstartsystemcouldalsobemanuallyoperated.Dropstyledoors(asusedinskierandboarderX)ispermittedwitheitherelectronicormanualreleasemechanisms.

3.6.6.1.2. The Jury and the starter together will control the start. ThestartsignalcanonlybegivenaftertheJuryhasgiventhecompetitorspermission to start.Any starting system canbe employedprovidedthatthesystemguaranteesasimultaneousstart.

3.6.6.1.3. FalseStarts(barging)3.6.6.1.3.1. Penaltieswilloccur:

3.6.6.1.3.1.1. If the competitor goes through the hinge door beforethestartcommand.

3.6.6.1.3.1.2. If the competitor does not have both ski poles setbehindthecloseddoor.

3.6.6.1.3.1.3. Ifthecompetitorusesthestartdoorsforassistance.

3.6.6.1.4. StartCommand3.6.6.1.4.1. Beforethestartergivesthecommandofeither"Ready-

Set"andthesubsequentfiringofthestartingsignalwhichopensthestarthingedoors,hemustfirstensurethatthecompetitorsare ready by asking the competitor starting in the red course"Redready?"and then thecompetitor in thebluecourse "Blueready?". Only after both competitors have answered "yes", thestartercangivethestartcommand.

3.6.6.1.4.2. Ifoneorbothstartingdoorsfailtoopenthestartmustberepeated.

3.6.7. TheFinish3.6.7.1. Thefinishareasmustbesymmetrical.Thelineintothefinishmustbe

parallelwiththelineofthestartposts.


32

3.6.7.2. Eachfinishlineismarkedbytwopolesconnectedbyabannerwhichformsthefinish.Eachofthesemustbeatleast8mwide.Theinsidepolesoftheareasareplacedsidebyside.

3.6.7.3. It is necessary to set up visually separate finish approaches and tokeepthecoursesseparatedafterthefinishlineexits.

3.6.8. JuryandCourseSetter3.6.8.1. TheJuryissetupasfollows(USSAorUSCSAOfficials):

3.6.8.1.1. TheTechnicalDelegate

3.6.8.1.2. TwoReferees

3.6.8.1.3. TheChiefofRace3.6.8.2. ThecoursesetterisdesignatedbytheJuryofthecompetition.Before

settingtheparallelcourse,heshouldconductan inspectionandstudyofthecourseinthepresenceoftheJuryandthoseresponsibleforthecourse.(TheChiefofRaceandtheChiefofCourse).

3.6.9. Timing3.6.9.1. Asthestart issimultaneous,onlythedifference intimebetweenthe

competitors at the finishwill be registered,with electronic eyes and anautomatic print-out, the first competitor that breaks one of the signalsstarts the clock and receives the time "zero", the following competitorsstop successively the clocks (chronometers) and receive the timedifference in 1/1000-seconds to the first competitor. For some specialevents running timesmay be used to determine rankings (break ties ortheawardofprizes).

3.6.9.2. AminimumofanA&Btimingsystemarerequired.

3.6.10. Inspection3.6.10.1. Thecompetitorsmayinspectthecourseoncefromtoptobottomwith

skison.Inspectiontimeis10minutes.

3.6.11. ControloftheRuns/Races3.6.11.1. The gate judges are situated on both exterior sides of the courses.

Eachgatejudgeissuppliedwithaflagwhichcorrespondstothecolorofthe course he is controlling (either blue or red). This flag is to be usedimmediately to notify the Jury of a disqualification in his section of thecourse.

3.6.11.2. A Jurymemberwith a yellow flag is located approximately halfwaydownthecourse.TheJurymemberjudgeswhetheragatejudge'sraisingtheredorblueflagwasjustifiedornot.Raisingtheyellowflagontheredorbluecourseconfirmsthedisqualificationofthecompetitor.

3.6.11.3. Disqualifications/DidNotFinish


33

3.6.11.3.1. Causesfordisqualificationsarethefollowing:

3.6.11.3.1.1. Secondbarge(startedtoosoon)3.6.11.3.1.2. Changingfromonecoursetoanother

3.6.11.3.1.3. Interferingwithopponent,voluntarilyornot3.6.11.3.1.4. Notpassingthroughagatecorrectly(straddle)

3.6.11.3.1.5. Notfinishing

3.6.11.4. Protestofresults3.6.11.4.1. Each round of bracketsmay be protested for the 15minutes

following the posting of the result for the final race in the bracket.Protests outside of this window will be entertained at the jury’sdiscretion,butnotafteranybracketthatdependsontheresultunderprotesthasstartedrunning.

3.6.11.4.2. Postingtimeforthelastresultineachbracketshouldbenotedinproximitytothepostedresult

3.6.11.4.3. Thefinishrefereemustbeverballynotifiedoftheprotestbyacoachorcaptainoftheprotestingteamwithinthis5minutewindow.Thefinishreferee’spositionwillbenotedattheseedmeeting.

3.6.11.4.4. A written protest must be submitted within 5 minutes ofnotifyingthefinishreferee

3.6.11.4.5. No bracket which depends on the result of a bracket underprotestorwhichdependsonabracketwithanopenprotestmayberun. Any runs in violation of this rule must be re-run when theprotestisresolvedortheprotestperiodispast.

3.6.11.5. SlalomRules3.6.11.5.1. Inthecaseofissuesoritemsnotcoveredabove,theRulesfor

Slalommustbeconsidered.

3.6.12. Competition

3.6.12.1. Coaches and/or Team Captains will submit a seed list prior to thecompetition at the seedmeeting. Athletes shall be ranked A through E.This orderwill beused throughout the competition. Competitors on thesameteamshouldbegivenconsecutivebibnumbers.

3.6.12.2. TeamSeeding3.6.12.2.1. TeamsareseededbyusingtheUSCSANationalChampionship

overallteamscoresfromGS,lastplacewillbeseeded1st,2ndtolastplaceseeded2nd…1stplaceseededlast.

3.6.12.2.2. Theteamswillbepopulatedintoa“roundof32bracket”basedon their seed (see attached template). If less than 32 teams arecompeting,therewillbebyestotheroundof16tothehigherseeded


34

teams. If there are 16 or less teams, the teams will be put intoappropriatelysizedbrackets(appropriatebracketsizesare:32,16,8,4,or2).

3.6.12.3. SINGLERUNELIMINATIONFORMAT3.6.12.3.1. 2athletesfromeachteamwillrunontheredcourseand2on

the blue course per round. The higher seeded team may choosewhichcoursethe5thor“E”skierwillrun.Thestartordershallbeasfollows:

"Red Course" higher seeded team A skier against "Blue Course" lowerseededteamAskier

"Red Course" lower seeded team B skier against "Blue Course" higherseededteamBskier

"Red Course" higher seeded team C skier against "Blue Course" lowerseededteamCskier"Red Course" lower seeded team D skier against "Blue Course" higherseededteamDskier

3.6.12.3.2. Higherseeded teamgets tochoose theredorbluecourse for

theirE skier. Lower seeded team takes theother course for theirEskier.TheE-skierfromthehigherseedwillprovidehis/herchoiceofcourse on the starter’s command. Failure to choose a course in areasonable amount of time will be treated as a DNS for the racermakingthedecision.

3.6.12.4. ScoringAndTeamAdvancement3.6.12.4.1. Thewinner of a run earns 1 point for the team.A teammay

earn amaximumof5pointsper round. If there is a tie on the run,bothteamsareawarded1point

3.6.12.4.2. A minimum of 3 skiers shall constitute a team. A team thatdoesnothaveall5memberswillentertheheatwithapointdeficit(maximum of 2 for a team with 3 skiers). Teams of less than 5competitorsmustseedtheirathletesstartingwithA.

3.6.12.4.3. Theteamthathas3ormorepointsfromaroundshalladvancetothenextround.

3.6.12.4.4. Consolation brackets will only exist in the final round, todetermine3rdand4thplace.

3.6.12.4.5. Intheeventofatieinthenumberofpoints,theteamwiththelargestnumberof successfully completed runswill advance. If a tiestill exists, the team with the lowest total differential time of


35

completedcompetitorswillwintheheat.Ifatiestillexists,theteamadvanceswhichhadthecompetitorthatmadeit thefurthestonthelastrunofhead-to-headcompetitionbetweentheteams.

3.6.12.4.6. Ifbothcompetitorsweredisqualifiedordidnotfinishtherun,thecompetitorwhoskiedthefurthestdistanceintherunwillearnapointfortheirteam.

3.6.13. IndividualCompetition 3.6.13.1. The Seeding for the individual parallel slalom will be based on SL

results.

3.6.13.2. Individualswillbeplacedintoa“roundof8Bracket”forcompetition(orappropriately sizedbracket,16,8,4,2areacceptable).Higher seedswillbegivenbye’s,ifthebracketisnotcompletelyfilled.

3.6.13.3. Each bracketed roundwill bemade up of the higher seeded athletechoosingtheredorbluecourseandthelowerseededathletewilltaketheothercourse.Thehigherseedwillprovidehis/herchoiceofcourseontheStarter’scommand.Failuretochooseacourseinareasonableamountoftime will be treated as a DNS for the racer making the decision. Thecompetitorwhocompletestherunthefastest,movesontothenextround.

3.6.13.4. Ifbothcompetitorsdonotfinishtherunorifbothweredisqualified,the competitorwho skied the furthest distancewill advance to the nextround.

3.6.13.5. Consolationroundsareonlyheldinthefinalround,todetermine3rdand4thplace.


36

SECTION4–NORDICRULES4.0

FISandUSSArulesversusUSCSArules4.1.4.1.1. USCSANordiccompetitionsshallbegovernedbythemostcurrenteditionof

the followingrulebooks;USCSANordicRules,USSANordicCompetitionRulesand the FIS (ICR). USCSANordic competitions shall be governed first by theUSCSA rules, second, in all areas not specifically covered, the USSA NordicCompetitionrulesshallbeused,andthird,inallareasnotspecificallycoveredthe FIS (ICR) shall be used. In no case shall a USCSA rule be enforced thatviolates the USSA sanctioning or scoring of the event. FIS rulebooks areavailable fromUSSA,POBox100,ParkCity,UT84060,ph.(435)649-9090oron-lineatwww.ussa.organdwww.fis-ski.com.

TheNordicEvent4.2.4.2.1. TheNordiccourseshallbelaidoutsoastobeatruetestofthecompetitors'

strength,endurance,skitechniqueandtacticalknowledge.

4.2.2. The length of the course and race format atNationals shall be definedperbelow. The National format may be altered for Conference and RegionalChampionships.4.2.2.1. EvenYearFormat

DayOne(Tuesday):MenandWomen’s7.5kFreestyle,30secondinterval

DayTwo(Wednesday):Men&Women’s1.5kClassicSprintDayfour(Friday):MenandWomen’s15kClassic,MassStart

Dayfive(Saturday):MenandWomen’sTeamSprint:FR,FR,FR

4.2.2.2. OddYearFormatDayOne(Tuesday):MenandWomen’s7.5kClassic,30secondinterval

DayTwo(Wednesday):Men&Women’s1.5kFreestyleSprintDayfour(Friday):MenandWomen’s15kFreestyle,MassStart

Dayfive(Saturday):MenandWomen’sTeamSprint:CL,CL,CL

4.2.3. SprintRace. SprintRace.The sprint racewill consistof an individual startqualificationat30-secondintervals.Thetop30willthencompetein5QuarterFinalheatsconsistingof6racerseach.


37

Insprintcompetitionswith30competitorstothequarterfinaltheresultlistwillbemadeasfollows:

• 31sttolastrank,theresultsfromthequalificationroundwillbeused• 26th–30thrank,the6thplacefinisherfromeachheatinthequarter-

finalwillbeassignedbasedontheirrespectiverankinginthequalifyinground

• 21st–25thrank,the5thplacefinisherfromeachheatinthequarter-finalwillbeassignedbasedontheirrespectiverankinginthequalifyinground

• 16th/17th-20thrank,the4thplacefinisherfromeachheatinthequarter-finalwillbeassignedbasedontheirrespectiverankinginthequalifyinground(Exception,ifoneofthose4thplacefinisherswilladvancetothesemifinal)

• 13th–15th/16thrank,the3rdplacefinisherfromeachheatinthequarterfinal,whodidnotadvancetothesemi-finalswillbeassignedbasedontheirrespectiverankinginthequalifyinground

• 7th–12thrank,basedontheorderoffinishintheBfinal• 1st–6thrank,basedontheorderoffinishintheAfinal

*Incompetitionswhentheheatsarenottimed, the6thpositions inthesemi-finalheatsareassignedfromthe3rdrankedcompetitorsinallthequarterfinal


38

heats.The3rdrankedcompetitorwith the fastestqualifying time(QR3-1) isassignedtothesecondsemi-finalheatS2andthe3rdrankedcompetitorwiththesecondbestqualifyingtime(QR3-2)isassignedtosemi-finalheatS1.

SprintRace.Thesprint racewill consistofan individual startqualificationat30-second intervals. The top 20 will then compete in 4 Quarter Final heatsconsistingof5racerseach(QuarterFinal#1–Racers1,8,9,16and20QuarterFinal#2–Racers4,5,12,13and17,QuarterFinal#3–Racers2,7,10,15and18 andQuarter Final #4 – Racers 3, 6, 11, 14 and 19 based on qualificationranking). From the Quarter Finals , the top 2 finishers in each heat and two“LuckyLosers*”willqualify for2SemiFinalheatsconsistingof5racerseach(SemiFinal#1–racersQ1#1,Q1#2,Q2#1,Q2#2andLuckyLoser#1andSemiFinal#2–racersQ3#1,Q3#2,Q4#1,Q3#2andLuckyLoser#2)FromtheSemi–finals,thetop2finishersineachheatandthefastest“LuckyLoser*”will qualify for the A Final (to determine finishers 1 – 5) and the next 2finishers in each heat and the ‘Lucky Loser*” will qualify for B Final (todetermine finishers 6 – 10). The remaining skiers in each Semi Finalwill beranked based on their qualification time. All skiers not in the top 20will berankedbasedontheirqualifyingtime.Inthesprintfinalsthestartingpositionsare chosen by the athletes according to the following: Quarter Finals –qualificationtimes(rankings)areused,Semi-finals–rankingsfromtheQuarterFinalsandqualificationtimesareused,Finals–rankingsfromtheSemi-finalsandqualificationtimesareused.

*Incompetitionswhentheheatsarenottimed,the5thpositionsinthefinalheatsareassignedfromthe3rdrankedcompetitorsinallthesemi-finalheats.The3rdrankedcompetitorwiththefastestqualifyingtimeisassignedtothefirstFinals1andthe3rdrankedcompetitorwiththesecondbestqualifyingtimeisassignedtoFinals2.

4.2.3.1. If a non-scoring athlete qualifies in the top 20 after the sprintqualification, an additional scoring athlete will be added to the QuarterFinalroundusing thismetric:QuarterFinal#1–racer21,QuarterFinal#2– racer24,QuarterFinal#3– racer25,QuarterFinal#4– racer22,QuarterFinal#5–23. In the sprint finals the startingpositionsof theseadditionalscoringathletesarechosenaccordingtothequalificationtimes(rankings). For advancement to Semi-Finals and Finals see rule 1.04. Ifthereisnota6thlaneavailabletheadditionalathletewillstartbehindtheracer of her/his choice. Non-scoring athletes who place 21-25 will notadvance.

4.2.4. TeamSprintisarelay-competitionwiththreeathleteswhoalternatelyski3legs of aminimum of 1km and amaximum1.5km eachwith all competitorsskiingthesameloop


39

4.2.5. Followingthe leadsetbytheU.S.NordicChampionships, theNordiccoursefortheUnitedStatesCollegiateSkiingChampionshipsshallnotbeabove2200meters (7260') unless such standards are specifically waived by the NordicCompetitionandRulesCommittee.

4.2.6. IfthejurydeterminesthatanathletewasskatinginanindividualraceusingtheClassicalTechnique (definedbyUSSANordicRulebook314.1) theathletewillbedisqualifiedforthatevent.

4.2.7. IfthejurydeterminesthatanathletewasskatingintheClassicalTechnique(defined byUSSANordic Rulebook 314.1) leg of a relay race the athletewillreceive the time of the slowest athlete in the race for all legs utilizing theClassicalTechnique.

4.2.8. Theuseofallhighfluorinatedadditives,whichincludespureflouropowder,liquidorblockappliedtotheglidezoneoftheski,isprohibitedfromallUSCSANordiccompetitionsforbothclassicandfreetechniques.ThisbanincludesallUSCSARegionalCompetitions and theUSCSANationalCompetition.This ruleshallnotapplytojointcompetitionswhichdonotadheretothisrule,suchasUSSA/FISPointsraces,USNationalChampionships,JuniorNationalQualifiers,etc.

ProtestsConcerningNordicEvents4.3.

4.3.1. Protests concerning Disqualification or Timing: A Protest againstdisqualificationortimingmustbegiveninwriting,byateamofficertoavotingmember of the jury andbe accompaniedby a cashdeposit; forRegional andNationals the deposit is $25.00. Such protests must be received within thespecified time period for the particular type of protest. The deposit will berefunded if theprotest isupheld. Suchprotestsmustbe receivedwithin thespecific timeperiod, fortheparticulartypeofprotest.Seedisqualifications intheUSSAcompguide.

4.3.2. Appeals4.3.2.1. For all events not sanctioned by the USSA or FIS, appeals against a

decisionofthejury,aprotestispermissibleto:

4.3.2.1.1. TheConferenceAppealsBoard(ConferencesRaces)4.3.2.1.2. TheRegionalAppealsBoard(RegionalRaces)

4.3.2.1.3. TheUSCSACompetition/RulesCommittee(NationalEvents)4.3.2.2. For all events sanctioned by the USSA or FIS follow the appeal

procedures outlined by the appropriate governing organization. If theappeal concernsaUSCSArule follow theprocedurepresented insection4.3.2.1.1above.

4.3.2.3. TheUSCSACompetitionandRulesCommittee shallhear all protestsregarding USCSA rules at national events. Any member of the USCSACompetitionandRulesCommitteewhomayhaveservedonthejurybeing


40

protested, or are representatives of schools involved therein, shall bedisqualifiedfromthedeliberationsonthatissue.

4.3.2.4. The appeal, in writing and with substantiating particulars, mustalwaysbesubmittedtotheappropriateappealsboard,ormailedtheretowithin 14 days after the announcement of the previous decision on theprotests(notcountingtheannouncementday).

SeedingofNordicChampionshipCompetitorsforNationalEvents4.4.4.4.1. SeeAlpinerulessectionitem2.02forrandomdrawprocedures.4.4.2. Teamcompetitorswillbeplacedinto5seedgroupsbasedonarandomdraw

within each seed. Teams will choose which of their team members will beplaced into each seed at the coaches/seeding meeting prior to the event.Changes in the seed orderwill not be allowed after that time. Ill or injuredcompetitorsmaybereplacedbyanalternatewithdirectsubstitutionsonly.

4.4.3. Individualcompetitorswillbeseededbyrandomdrawandplacedwithintheseed groups of their choice. Their preferencemust be stated to the Chief ofRaceby12noon(localtime)ofthedaypriortotheeventthecompetitorwillbe participating in. Individuals not stating their preferencewill be seeded atthediscretionoftheRaceCommittee.

4.4.4. Inamassstart, lanememberswillbeassignedpriortothelaneassignmentdraw.Thelaneassignmentswillbemadeonthebasisofadoublerandomdrawwhereboththeschoolnameandlanenumberarerandomlydrawn.Lane1isthemiddletrack,lane2isonskiersrightofthemiddletrack,lane3isonskiersleftofthemiddletrack,andallremainingtracknumbersfollowthispattern.


41

SECTION5–SNOWBOARDRULES5.0

USASA,USSAandFISRulesvs.USCSARules5.1.5.1.1. Official Snowboard CompetitionRules for theUSCSAConference qualifying

meets and Regional Championships leading to the “United States CollegiateSnowboardChampionships”(TM).

5.1.2. If theUSCSAcompetitionissanctionedbytheUSASA,thentheUSASArulesshallgovernUSCSAsnowboardcompetitioninallareasnotspecificallycoveredin the USCSA Competition and Rules Manual. USASA rulings are referencedwith (USASA) brackets. USASA rulebooks are available for download atwww.USASA.org. USCSA competitions shall be governed first by the USCSArules;second,inallareasnotspecificallycovered,theUSASACompetitionrulesshallbeused.

5.1.3. IftheUSCSAcompetitionissanctionedbyFIS(ICR)andUSSA,thenFISandUSSA rules shall govern USCSA snowboard competition in all areas notspecificallycoveredintheUSCSACompetitionandRulesManual.FISandUSSArulingsarereferencedwith{FIS}(USSA)brackets.FISandUSSArulebooksareavailablefromUSSA,POBox100,ParkCity,UT84060,ph.(435)649-9090andfromeachorganization'swebsite.USCSAcompetitionsshallbegoverned firstby the USCSA rules, second, in all areas not specifically covered, the USSACompetitionrulesshallbeused,andthird,inallareasnotspecificallycoveredtheFIS(ICR)shallbeused.

5.1.4. Inallinstancesofcompetition,thesanctioninggoverningbodyshouldbetheprimary rule provider. When ambiguity arises by following the rules of thesanctioninggoverningbody,thenuseofthealternategoverningbodyruleswillbeused.

TheStart5.2.

5.2.1. Thestart areamustbe closedoff so thatonly the starting competitorsandofficialsconcernedwiththestartarelocatedinthearea.Thestartareamustbeprotected appropriately against inclement weather. A special roped off areamustbe,providedfortrainers,teamcaptains,etc.,inwhichtheymaytakecareofthewaitingcompetitorswithoutbeinginterruptedbythepublic.

5.2.2. The Start ramp shall be prepared in such a way that the competitors canstandrelaxedonthestartingline,andcanquicklyreachfullspeedafterleavingthe starting gate. Push off posts will be installed at the starting gate for allevents.Thespecificationswillbeadjustedtotheneedsofthespecificevents.

5.2.3. ThepostssupportingtheGiantSlalomstartinggateshouldbeapproximately60-90 cm apart and shall not projectmore than 50 cm above the snow. Thestartinggate,consistingofastartingmechanismsconnectedontoawand(setbelow the knee), will be placed so that starting is impossible without itsopening.


42

5.2.4. Noofficialorattendantwhocouldpossiblygiveanadvantage toordisturbthestartingcompetitormaybebehindhim/her.Alloutsidehelp is forbidden.By order of the starter, the competitor must take his/her place behind thestartinggate.Thestartermustnottouchthecompetitoratthestart.Pushingofffromthestartpostsorothersimilaraidsisallowed.

5.2.5. The Starter:After he/shehas ascertained that the course is ready, and tensecondsbeforethestart,thestartershallgiveeachcompetitora"Tensecond"alert.Fivesecondsbeforethestarthe/sheshallcount"5,4,3,2,1"andthengivethe audible start command of "GO". The window to start is 10 seconds. ForSnowboardCross,thestartergivesthecompetitorthewarning“Ridersready–Go attention “– randomly 1-4 seconds before the doors open. The Starter:After he/she has ascertained that the course is ready, and ten secondsbeforethestart,thestartershallgiveeachcompetitora"Tensecond"alert.Five secondsbefore the starthe/she shall count "5,4,3,2,1" and thengivetheaudiblestartcommandof"GO".Thewindowtostartis10seconds.ForCross, the starter gives the competitor the warning “Riders ready –Attention“–randomlybetween0to5secondsbeforethedoorsopen.

5.2.6. A competitorwho is not ready to start 1minute after being called,will bedisqualified.TheStartRefereemay,however,excusesuchadelayif,inhis/heropinion,thedelayisdueto"forcemajeure",andallowthestartprovisionally.(For example, breakdown of a competitor's personal equipment or minorsicknessofacompetitordoesnotconstitute"forcemajeure".)Inthiscase,thedelayedcompetitorstartsattheendofthecurrentseed.TheStartRefereewillmakethenecessarydecisionsinthecaseofalatestartandmustimmediatelyinformthereferee,givingthestartnumberandnameofthecompetitor(s)whoweretobeallowedtostartbecauseoflateappearance,orwhowereallowedtostartprovisionallyinspiteoflateappearance.

5.2.7. Valid and False Starts. In competitions with a fixed start interval, thecompetitormust start on the start signal. The start time is valid if it occurswithin five seconds before or five seconds after the official start time. Acompetitorwhodoesnotstartwithinthatspanoftimewillbedisqualified.5.2.7.1. Acompetitormustleavethestartwithbothfeetattachedtotheboard.

5.2.7.2. Immediately after the competition, the start refereewill inform theRefereeof thestartnumbersandnamesof thecompetitorswhomadeafalsestartorhavecompromisedthestartingrules.

TheFinish5.3.5.3.1. The finish area must be plainly visible to the competitor approaching the

finish. It must be wide, with a gentle sloped smooth out run. It must beespeciallywellpreparedandsmoothlypackedtomakestoppingeasy.

5.3.2. Thefinishareaistobecompletelyfencedin.Anyunauthorizedentrymustbeprevented.


43

5.3.3. Snow walls, straw or hay bags, foam rubber or other appropriate safetymaterialsshallbeusedtopreventanypossibilityofacollisionwiththefinishstructures.

5.3.4. Thefinishlineismarkedbytwopostsorverticalbannersthatareconnectedby ahorizontal bannermarked "finish". InGS andSBX the finishmustbenolessthan10mwide.Thepostsusedtomountthetimingdevicesmustalsobeatleastasfarapartasthefinishpostsandshallbeprotectedjustascarefullyandadequatelyasthefinish posts.Thetimingpostsaretobeplaceddirectlybehindthefinishpostsorbanners,onthedownhillside.Thefinishlinemustbeclearlymarkedwithdye.

5.3.5. Withelectronictiming,thetimeistakenwhenacompetitorcrossesthelinebetween the finishpostswith anypart of his/herbodyor equipment and sobreaks thecontactorbeam.The finish linemustbecrossedwithat leastonefootattachedtotheboard.InSnowboardCrossthecompetitor'splaceoffinishisdeterminedwhenanypartofthebodyorsnowboardcrossesthefinishline.

5.3.6. In case of a fall at the finish, the time can be taken without both of thecompetitor’s feethavingcrossed the finish line. In this case the time is takenwhenanypart of the competitor's bodyor equipment stops the timekeepingsystem.Withhand timing, the time is takenwhenanypartof thecompetitorcrossesthefinishline.

5.3.7. Forthistimetobecomevalid, thecompetitormust immediatelycompletelycrossthefinishlinewithatleastonefootattachedtotheboard.

5.3.8. ElectronicTiming:Theremustbecommunication(radios)betweenthestartand finish. Photoelectric cells are placed at such a height that a competitorfinishingnormally,cutsthebeamwiththelowerhalfofhis/herlegs,betweentheankleandtheknee.

5.3.9. In case of a failure in themain electronic timing system, the results of thebackupelectronictimingwillbevalid.Utilizationoftimestakenbyhand;handtimesmaybeusedintheofficialresultsafteracorrectionhasbeencalculated.

5.3.10. HandTiming.Forall competitionsback-uphand timingmust recordthe 1/10ths or 1/100ths of a second. It must be completely separate andindependentoftheelectronictimingatthestartandfinish.Thewatchesmustbesynchronizedwiththeelectronictiming.

5.3.11. Calculation of the correction (E.E.T.): To calculate the differencebetweenthetimestakenbyhandandtheelectronictimesofthe6competitorsstartingbeforethemissingtimeandthe6startingafterorifnecessarythe12nearest competitors. The two times showing the greatest differences areeliminated.Thesumof the remaining10 timedifferences isdividedby10 togivethecorrection,whichmustbeappliedtothehandtimeofthecompetitorwithoutanelectronictime.

Results5.4.


44

5.4.1. Organizers shall provide appropriate facilities for continuous visual oracousticpresentationofallregisteredtimesorscoresofallcompetitors.

5.4.2. As soon as possible after completion of the competition (race or heat insnowboardcross),unofficialtimes,scoresanddisqualificationsshallbepostedon theofficial scoreboard/noticeboard, andat the finish; includingnamesofcompetitorswhohave beendisqualified and the names of officialswhohavenotedthefaultsleadingtothedisqualifications,andincludetheexacttimethedisqualificationswereposted.The time limit forprotests iscounted fromthemomentofthisnotification.Protestsenteredlaterareconsiderednullandvoid.

5.4.3. InSnowboardCrossascoreboard/sshallbeprovidedatboththetopandthebottomofthecourse

5.4.4. Unofficial Results: Results shall be considered unofficial until approved bythe T.D. Unofficial results shall be posted on a scoreboard, which shall bereadilyvisible fromtheareaprovided for thecompetitorswhohave finished.Wheneverpossible,unofficial results shouldbeannounced to thepublicoverloudspeakers.

5.4.5. TheChiefofcalculationsisresponsibleforquickandaccuratecalculationofresults.He/Shesupervisesthe immediateduplicationofunofficialresultsandthepublicationofofficialresultsafterexpirationoftheprotestinterval,orafteranyprotestshavebeendecided.

5.4.6. Allresultsaretobesubmittedseparatelyformenandwomen.Competitionresultsshallinclude:

-thenameoftheorganizingcluborassociation;-thenameofthecompetition;

-thedateofthecompetition;-thelocationofthecompetition;

-thetypeofcompetition(GSorSBX);

-theT.D.,GS&SBX;-theChiefofCompetition,GS&SBX;

-theChiefofCourse,GS&SBX;

-thereferees(includingtheassistant,start,finishreferees),GS;-theHeadJudge,SBX;

-thestartreferee,SBX;-thenamesofalljudges,SBX;

-thestartelevation,GS;

-thefinishelevation,GS;-theverticaldrop,GS;


45

-thenumberofgates,GS;

-thecoursesetters(foreachrun),GS;-thelengthofthecourse,SBX;

-thedegreeofinclinationofthecourse,SBX;-thewidthofthecourse,SBX;

-theheightofthecourse,SBX;

-competitor'sbibnumber;-competitor'sname;

-competitor'sschoolname;

-firstruntime,GS;-secondruntime,GS;

-totaltime,GS;-competitor'splacepoint/s,SBX;

-competitionbracketing,SBX;

-USCSAteamresultsandteamtime/score,to includethetopthreetimes(GS)orscores(SBX)ofeachscoringmember.

JointRegulationsoftheCourse5.5.

5.5.1. AllcoursesmustcomplywithstandardssetbyUSCSA, followingtheUSASAstandards if sanctionedbyUSASAor followingUSSAandFIS if sanctionedbyUSSA.

5.5.2. When visibility is poor, pine boughs or dye shall be used to spread on thesidesofthecoursetoaidindepthperception.

5.5.3. When possible appropriate warm up slopes, closed to the public, must bemadeavailableforallcourses.

5.5.4. Onaclosedcourse,nooneexceptfortheJuryispermittedtochangegates,flagsetc.ormodifythecoursestructure(jumps,bumps,etc.).

5.5.5. Competitorswhoenteraclosedcompetitioncourseattimesotherthanthosepublishedby the Jurymaybedisqualified. Trainers, servicemen, coaches etc.whoareallowedonaclosedcompetitioncourseare tobedeterminedby theJury.

5.5.6. Gates (alpine events): All poles used in the alpine events are divided intorigidpolesandflexpoles.

5.5.6.1. Rigid Poles: Round, uniform poleswith a diameter between 25mmand32mm,withoutjoints,areallowedasrigidpoles.Rigidpolesmayonlybeusedastheoutsidepoleofaslalomgateandthenon-impactpoleofaGSgatesystemwithagatepanel.Theymustbeofsuchalengththat,when


46

set, they project at least 1.80meters out of the snow and theymust bemadeofanon-splinteringmaterial.

5.5.6.2. FlexPoles:Flexpolesmustconformtotherigidpolespecificationsbutarefittedwithaspring-loadedhinge.

5.5.6.3. StubbyPoles:Stubbypolesareflexpoleswithnotmorethan20cmofpoleabovethehinge.StubbyPolesmaybeusedforParallelevents.

5.5.7. TheChiefofCoursemustprovideenoughofthefollowing:-blueandredslalompoles;

-acorrespondingnumberofflags,dividedbycolors;

-sledgehammers,crowbars,drills,wedges,etc.-gatenumbers;

-sparepoles;-anddyeformarkingthepositionofthepoles.

5.5.8. Marking Gates: The positions of the gate poles are to be marked with aneasily recognizable coloring substance that remains visible throughout theentirerace.

5.5.9. NumberingGates: The gatesmust be numbered from top to bottomof thecourseandthenumbersattachedto theoutsidepole.Startand finisharenotcounted.

ProtestsConcerningSnowboardEvents5.6.5.6.1. Protests shall be submitted in accordance with section and formatted as

followsforalleventsinthisdiscipline.Allprotestsmustbegiveninwritingbyateamofficerorcoachtoavotingmemberofthejury,unlessnotedotherwisebelow, and be accompanied by a cash deposit. For Regional and Nationalevents, thedeposit is $50.00 for all protests submitted in thisdiscipline.Thedeposit will be refunded if the protest is upheld. Such protests must bereceived in the time periods as noted below orwill not be considered. Thedepositmaybewaivedatconferencelevelevents.

5.6.2. Nocompetitor,coach,teamofficer,orspectatorwillbeallowedtoapproachthejudge’sareaandtalktothejudgesduringanycompetition.

5.6.3. ProtestsConcerningtheCourse:Obstacles,dangerpoints,visibility,etc.,mustbepresentedtotheChiefofCompetition60minutespriortothestartofthecompetition.

5.6.4. Protests During the Competition: A team officer who protests against anyaction by a competitor or an official during the competition must submithis/her protest to the Referee or any other member of the jury within 15minutesafterthecompetitionends.Protestsaretobesubmittedatthelocationdesignated on the official notice board or at a place announced at a teamcaptain’smeeting.


47

5.6.5. Protests concerning Disqualifications, Timing: A Protest againstdisqualificationsortimingmustbepresentedinwriting,byateamofficertoavotingmemberofthejurywithin15minutesofthepostingofadisqualificationorunofficialtime.

5.6.6. ProtestsConcerningFalseCalculationandClericalErrors:Acomplaint,basednotonanallegedbreachoftherulesonthepartofanofficialorcompetitor,butonanallegederrorin,calculatingtheresults,shallbeconsideredifitissentby,ateamofficerviaregisteredlettertotheRaceCommitteewithinonemonthofthedateofthecompetition.Ifthemistakeisprovencorrectlistsofresultsshallbepublished.

5.6.7. Snowboard Cross: Disqualifications will be announced and/or postedimmediatelyaftereachheatatadesignatedareaatthebottomandtopofthecourse.AllprotestsmustbereportedtotheChiefofFinishbeforethenextheatbegins.Protestsmaybesubmittedbytheaffectedcompetitoror teamofficer,butmust be submitted prior to the affected athlete’s departure of the finishcorral.Protestscanbedeliveredverbally/orallyinitiallytotheFinishRefereeifacceptabletothejury,butmustbefollowedbyawrittenstatement.

5.6.8. ExaminationofProtests5.6.8.1. The Jurymeets to deal with the protests under its jurisdiction at a

time predetermined by the Jury and publicly announced on the officialnoticeboard.Thisisasettimefollowingthepostingofdisqualificationsorunofficialresults,whicheverofthesepostingsoccurslater.

5.6.8.2. In dealingwith a protest against disqualifications, the gate judge inquestion(and,ifneedbe,thegatejudgeoftheadjacentgatecombinationsorotherinvolvedofficials),thecompetitorinquestion,andtheprotestingteamofficer shall be invited to attend. Further, the requested additionalevidencesuchasvideotape,photos,movies,etc.shouldbechecked.

5.6.8.3. At thevoteon theprotest,only the jurymembersare tobepresent.TheTechnicalDelegatechairstheproceedings.Minutesaretobekeptandsignedby theTechnicalDelegate.Thedecision requiresamajorityof allmembersnamedtotheJury,notjustofthosepresent.Incaseofatievote,theTechnicalDelegate'svoteisdecisive.Thedecisionistobemadepublicimmediatelyaftertheproceedingsbypostingontheofficialnoticeboardwithnotationofthepostingtime.InSnowboardCrossthedecisionmaybeannouncedorally.

5.6.9. Appeals5.6.9.1. Appeals against Jury decisions are to be submittedwithin 24 hours

after their publication. Appeals against the official results are to besubmittedwithin14daysto:

5.6.9.1.1. TheConferenceAppealsBoard(ConferenceCompetitions)

5.6.9.1.2. TheRegionalAppealsBoard(RegionalCompetitions)


48

5.6.9.1.3. TheUSCSACompetition/RulesCommittee(NationalEvents)

5.6.9.2. TheUSCSACompetitionandRulesCommittee shallhear all protestsregarding national events. Any member of the USCSA Competition andRulesCommitteewhomayhaveservedonthejurybeingprotested,orarerepresentativesofschoolsinvolvedtherein,shallbedisqualifiedfromthedeliberationsonthatissue.


CancellationofACompetition5.7.

5.7.1. The Jury has the right to cancel a competition if the safety of thecompetitorsisendangeredoriftheproperconductofthecompetitioncannotbeguaranteed.

5.7.2. If,however,aprotestislodgedwiththeappropriateappealboardandupheldby that board within 24 hours after cancellation of the race the wholecompetitionmustberunagain.Ifthereisnoprotest,theraceiscanceled.

GiantSlalom(GS)5.8.5.8.1. A giant slalom is a race in which the competitors must follow a course

through control gates.A giant slalom should alwaysbedecidedby two runs.The gates must be reset for the second run. Whenever possible, both runsshouldbeheldonthesameday.

5.8.2. InspectionOfTheCourse5.8.2.1. The course will remain closed for training on the day of the

competition. The gates must be finally set at least one hour before thestart.

5.8.2.2. Competitors are allowed to study/inspect the course after its finalsetting, by slowly sliding down alongside the course. (Method to bedetermined by Competition Jury). Riding through a gate or practicingturns parallel to those required by gates on the course will lead todisqualification. Competitors are not allowed to touch (hold) the gatesduringinspection.Firstoffenceispenalizedbyawarning,secondoffensebyadisqualification.Competitorsmustwear theirstartnumbersso thattheyareeasilyvisible.

5.8.3. OtherRegulations5.8.3.1. Markingchanges(suchasshort-cutsforinstance)onaclosedcourse

is forbidden. A competitor benefiting from such changes shall bedisqualified.

5.8.3.2. No competitor is allowed to go up or down a closed coursewith orwithouthisorherboard.


49

5.8.3.3. Helmets complying with 5.10.4 are required for all giant slalomcompetitionsandofficial training.Helmetsarerequired forparticipationingiantslalomevents.

5.8.3.4. The Competition Committee must provide the required number offorerunnersforthegivenconditions.Normally,atleastthreeforerunnersmustbeavailabletoopentherace.Forerunnersmustcommandsufficientskiingabilitytocoverthecourseinracingfashion.Inunusualconditions,the Jury may increase the number of forerunners accordingly. Theforerunners must be recognizable as such, and must wear forerunnersstartnumbers(bibs).Thetimesoftheforerunnersmaynotbeannounced,orotherwisemadepublic.

5.8.3.5. Forerunners are not allowed to inform competitors about snowconditionsonthecourse.Uponrequest,theforerunnersshallreporttothemembersoftheJuryregardingsnowconditions,thevisibilityandtheraceline.

5.8.3.6. Competitorsdisqualifiedinthefirstrunarenotpermittedtostartasforerunners in the second run. Competitors suspended for disciplinaryreasonscannotbenamedasforerunners.

5.8.4. TechnicalData5.8.4.1. TheGates:AGiant Slalomgate consists of one long slalompole and

onestubbypoleandonebanner.Consecutivegatesmustalternateincolorexceptbanana/delaygates,whichmustbethesamecolorgatesandflags.Theslalompolesmustcarrytriangularbannersmatchingthecolorofthepole. The turningpolemust be a "Stubby"pole45 cm.Theoutsidepolemustbearigidpole.

5.8.4.1.1. Triangular banner/gate flag:Height long side 110 cm,Heightshort side 10-20 cm, Base length 130 cm. Triangular banners arefastenedbetweenthepolessotheloweredgeofthebannerisonthesnow.

5.8.4.1.2. Stubby flex pole: Length above snow 45 cm (from bottom ofhingetotopend),Softpadding35cm,Base length25cm.Thehingeshouldbeassoftaspossible.

5.8.4.1.3. Thetriangularbannershavetobeplacedatrightangles(90°)to the fall line at the bottomof the gate. The distance between thenearestpolesoftwosuccessivegatesmustnotbelessthan10m.Thegatesmustbesetsothatthecompetitorscandistinguishthemclearlyandquicklyevenathighspeed.Thebannerofagateshouldbesetatrightanglestotheracingline.

5.8.4.2. TheCourse.SettingoftheGiantSlalom

5.8.4.2.1. 12-16% of the vertical drop inmeters = number of turns byroundingupordownofthedecimals.Itisrecommendedtosetwitha


50

distance of between 25-30 meters between turning gates in GS(exception: bananas). The terrain should preferably be undulatingandhilly.Thecoursemustbeatleast30mwide.

5.8.4.2.2. Course Description and Setting. In setting a giant slalom thefollowingprinciplesshouldbeobserved:Gatesmustbefinallysetatleastonehourbefore thestartofcompetition.Bothrunscanbesetonthesamecoursebutthesecondrunmustbere-set.

5.8.4.2.3. Theskillfuluseofthegroundwhensettingagiantslalomis,inmostcases,evenmoreimportantthanforaslalom,sincefiguresplayalessimportantroleowingtotheprescribedwidthofthegatesandthe greater distances between them. It is therefore better to setmainly single gates, while exploiting the ground to the utmost.Figurescanbeset,butmainlyonuninterestingterrain.

5.8.4.2.4. AGiant Slalom shouldpresent a variety of long,mediumandsmall turns. The competitor should be free to choose his own linebetween the gates,whichmust not be set down the fall-line of theslope.Thefullwidthofahillshouldbeusedwhereverpossible.Thecourse should be set "symmetrically" not to favor goofy or regularriders.

SnowboardCross(SBX)5.9.5.9.1. A Snowboard Cross is a competition where, depending on the number of

athletesinarace,clusteratthestartinglinetogether,andsimultaneouslyridedownaslopestuddedwithvariousobstacles.Thefirsttwotocrossthefinishlinequalify for thenext roundof competition in this elimination format.Thenumberofridersperroundwillbedecidedatthecoachesmeeting.

5.9.2. Inspection/TrainingofTheCourse5.9.2.1. The Jury decides the method of inspection. The competitors are

allowedtoinspectthecoursebyslowlyslidingdownthroughoralongsidethe course. Inspection times are at the discretion of the race Jury butshouldbe aminimumof30minutes. Competitorsmust carry their startnumbersandweartheirhelmets.

5.9.2.2. Trainingtimesoropenrunningofthecourseisatthediscretionoftherace Jury butshouldbeat least30minutes toallowall competitors theopportunitytoridethroughthecourseaminimumofonetimebeforetheofficialstartofthecompetition.

5.9.2.3. The setting of the gates must be done before the official training.Minoradjustmentsinthesettingmaybenecessaryduringthetrainingtoadjust the course for a smooth race line. Any changes made duringtraining should be announced in the start area so all competitors andTeamCaptainsareawareofsuchchanges.

5.9.3. ExecutionofSnowboardCross


51

5.9.3.1. Formats aredependingon the size of the field, 4-ridersperheat, 6-ridersperheat,orsuchothernumberasdeterminedbytheJuryforsafecompetition.Timetrialswillbeconductedtoseedandqualifyridersintothefinalcompetition.Eventorganizerorjurymayhavetheoptiontouseabestoneoutoftwotimedtrials.

5.9.3.2. Any team that has seededmore than 5 athletes for the competitionwill only be allowed to have their top 5 competitors advance to thebracketedrounds(ref7.07).Athletesdisplacedbyateamwithmorethan5athletesinthetimetrialwillbeusedtofilltheremainingopenpositionsin the bracketed rounds. All athletes completing a time trial and notadvancing to the finals shall be reordered according to their time trialresultsandplacedoutbeginningthenextnumericalplacebeyondthoseinthebrackets.

5.9.4. TechnicalData5.9.4.1. CoursesforallSBXmustbeaminimumof100metersandamaximum

of300metersinverticaldrop.Averageslopeinclinationshouldbe15-18degrees.The course shouldnot include sectionswheregradients exceedmorethan25degreesforlengthsof45metersormore.

5.9.4.2. Gate Description: A SBX gate consists of one long slalom pole, onestubbypoleandonetriangularbanner.Consecutivegatesmustalternatein color (except banana’s/delay gates). The slalom poles must carrytriangularbannersmatchingthecolorofthepole.

5.9.4.3. Triangularbannersmustbeused.Theturningpolemustbeastubbypole.ThetriangularbannersizemaybeeitherSlalomorGiantSlalom.ItisrecommendedtousetheGiantSlalomsizewheneverpossible.Triangularbannersmustbeplacedatthebottomofthegate.

5.9.4.4. The gatesmust be set so that the competitors can distinguish themclearlyandquicklyevenathighspeeds.Thebannerofagateshouldbesetatrightanglestothecompetitionline.Incertaincircumstancesridersmaybe required topassbetween twogatesof the samecolors (for example:corridors).

5.9.4.5. Generalcharacteristicsofthecourses.Theslopeshouldpreferablybeofamediumpitch(not flat/notsteep-ideally15-18degrees)withvariedterrain.TheSBX slopemustbeaminimumof30mwide.Under certainconditions for short sections (50m or less) the coursewidthmay be aminimumof10m.

5.9.4.5.1. TheidealSBXslopeallowsfortheconstructionofallorsomeof the following terrain features: Banks (crescent shaped), DoubleBanks,Single,Double,orTripleJumps,OllieJumps,Rollsandwaves-(Single, double, triple, etc.), Staircase Jumps, Spines and doublespines, Pro style jumps, Obelisk or pyramids, Tabletop jumps, andMediumorlongGStypeturns.


52

5.9.4.5.2. Other terrain features can be built but safety considerationsmust always be a priority. Gap jumps are not permitted under anycircumstances.

5.9.4.5.3. The ideal SBX course should be technically challenging,consistingoffeaturessuitedtotheterrainlinkedbygatestocontrolspeedbuttestingthewidestvarietyofsnowboardtechnique.

5.9.4.5.4. It is recommended that gates not be set in the absence of afeature.

5.9.4.6. Thefinishmustbenolessthan15meterswide.Inexceptionalcases,theT.D.canonlydecreasethisdistancefortechnicalreasonsorbecauseofthe terrain. The width of the finish is considered to be the distancebetweenthetwofinishpostsofbanners.

5.9.4.7. CoursePreparation:Thetrackshouldbeclosedtothepublicat least20 hours before the training. Terrain features and jumpsmust be builtwith sufficient timeso that the snowhasbeencompacted to insure thattheycanbeproperlymaintainedduringtrainingandcompetition.Theuseof artificial means is permitted (salt, water, etc.). In places where theriders may be in danger, protections (willy bags, mattresses, nets, etc.)mustbeinstalled.

5.9.5. CourseSetting5.9.5.1. Thesettingofthegatesmustbedonebeforetheofficialtrainingand

should incorporate the skillful use of the terrainwith the integration ofterrain features and jumps into the setting. Minor adjustments in thesettingmay be necessary during the training to adjust the course for asmoothraceline.AnychangesmadeduringtrainingshouldbeannouncedinthestartareasoallcompetitorsandTeamCaptainsareawareofsuchchanges.

5.9.5.2. The total number of terrain features and jumps should be at thediscretion of the course designer butwill incorporate asmany differentpossibilitiesasispractical.Blindjumpsorterrainfeatureswhereariderisunabletoseethelandingfromthetake-offshouldbeavoided.Thecourseshouldbedesignedsoastoseparatetheridersasquicklyaspossibleafterthestart(i.e.3-5rolls,mogulsorotherterrainfeaturesbetweenthestartand the first turn). These terrain features shouldbeplaced in a straightline from the start to the first turn. Minimum distance of the straightsection of the course between the start and the first turn should be 50meters.Thestartshouldberelativelyflat(12-14°).

5.9.6. SixRiderFormatQualifier#1:Toptwofinishersineachheatadvancetothenextround.

QuarterFinal: 4heatsof6.Top3ridersadvancetoSemi-Finals.


53

SemiFinal:2heatsof6.Top3ridersadvancetotheFinals.4-6fromeachheatadvancetoConsolations.ConsolationRound:1heatof6.Determinesfinalrank7-12.FinalRound:1heatof6.Determinesfinalrank1-6.

Rankof all riders in the final roundwillbedeterminedbyhead toheadcompetition.Ridersnotqualifiedforthefinalwillberankedaccordingtoqualifyingtimes.

5.9.7. FourRiderFormatQualifier#1:Top2finisher(s)ineachheatadvancetothenextround.QuarterFinal: 4heatsof4.Top2ridersadvancetoSemi-Finals.

SemiFinal:2 heats of 4. Top2 riders advance to the Finals. 3&4 fromeachheatadvancetoConsolations.

ConsolationRound:1heatof4.Determinesfinalrank5-8.FinalRound:1heatof4.Determinesfinalrank1-4.


5.9.8. SBXPairingsShouldconditionsexistornumbersofcompetitorsexceedthebracketsizeavailable to safely execute a race per Section 5.9.6 and 5.9.7 above, thecompetitionformatwillbeclearlydefinedatthecaptains/ridersmeetingbythejury.

Pairingsforthebracketedfinalroundswillbeaccordingtothefollowing:Rankingfor8heats/4perheat(32)

Heat

#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition

1 1 16 24 32

2 8 9 17 25

3 6 11 19 27

4 4 13 21 29

5 3 14 22 30


54

6 5 12 20 28

7 7 10 18 26

8 2 15 23 31

Heat

#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition

1 1 8 12 16

2 4 5 9 13

3 3 6 10 14

4 2 7 11 15

Heat#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition

5thPosition

6thPosition

1 1 16 24 32 40 48

2 8 9 17 25 33 41

3 6 11 19 27 35 43

4 4 13 21 29 37 45

5 3 14 22 30 38 46

6 5 12 20 28 36 44

7 7 10 18 26 34 42

8 2 15 23 31 39 47

Heat#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition

5thPosition

6thPosition

1 1 8 12 16 20 24

2 4 5 9 13 17 21

3 3 6 10 14 18 22

4 2 7 11 15 19 23


55

5.9.9. TheStart5.9.9.1. Thelanepositionisbasedoffqualifyingtime.Firstofthequalification

can chose their lane, the second fastest the next lane and so on in eachheat.Amissedstart isadisqualification. It istherider'sresponsibilitytoarriveatthestartintimetoCompete.

5.9.9.2. For each heat the competitors choose their lane in order of theirqualifyingtime.

5.9.9.3. Start lanes.Eachstartingposition is identifiedbyanumber.Lookingdownthecoursethepositionsaresetfromlefttoright.(Position1isveryleftlookingdownhill-Position4/6isveryrightlookingdownhill)

5.9.10. Contact.Intentionalcontactbypushing,pullingorothermeans,whichcausesanothercompetitortoslowdown,fallorexitthecourse,isnotallowedand is an automatic disqualification. Unavoidable "casual contact" may beacceptable.AllcontactinfractionswillbeatthediscretionofthecoursejudgesandraceJury.

5.9.11. Disqualifications/Protests

5.9.11.1. Disqualificationswillbeannouncedand/orpostedimmediatelyaftereachheatatadesignatedareaatthebottomandtopofthecourse.

5.9.11.2. All protestsmust be reported to the Chief of Finish before the nextheatbegins (prior to thecompetitors leaving the finishcorral). Protestsafterthistimewillnotbeaccepted.Protestsneednotbeinwritingbutallotherrules forprotestswillapply.The Jurywill consistof theT.D.,RaceDirectororChief ofCompetitionand theChief of Finish.Theprotest feemustbepaidbeforetheconclusionofthecompetition.

5.9.11.3. GateJudges.Between4-8GateJudges(withradiosconnectedwiththefinish-referee) on a SBX are necessary. They must be familiar with therules(Inspection,Training,Gate-DQ´sandContactetc.).

5.9.12. Equipment5.9.12.1. NosquaretailboardswillbeallowedintheSBXcourse.5.9.12.2. Helmets complying with 5.10.4 are required for all

SnowboardCross competitions and official training. Full face helmetsare recommended for all inspection, training, timed trials andcompetition.

JointRegulationsForGiantSlalom,SnowboardCross5.10.

5.10.1. Seeding

5.10.1.1. Participating full teams shall have one competitor placed in each ofthe5 seeds. Theorder of teams shall be generatedby randomselectionwithineachseed.Thereshallbeseparatedrawsforbothgiantslalomandsnowboard cross time trials.All randomselectiondrawsbyheatwill beprocessed electronically with software that produces the daily seeds


56

based on randomizing each heat individually, without bias to a specificteam.(SeeAlpineRulesSection3.3.3forRandomDrawProcedures.)

5.10.1.2. The seeding of outstanding individual competitors (Regional’s andNationals)forgiantslalomandsnowboardcrosstimetrialsshallbeplacedbetween the first and second seed. The random selection of theseindividual representatives shall be determined by draw at the seedingmeeting. (If the number of outstanding individual competitors out-numbertheteams,theywillbeseededintheteammanner.)

5.10.1.3. Special Snowboard Cross Seeding: Times from the Time Trails areusedtoplaceracersinheats.Ifpossible,noathletesfromthesameteamshallbeinthesame1stroundofheats.

5.10.1.4. BIBO. The BIBO method of seeding shall be used for giant slalomcompetition. BIBO seeding is used in the second run of giant slalomevents,andconsistsofreversingtheorderofthefirst30finishers,orthenumberofteamscompeting,whicheverisless,fromthefirstrunandthenproceeding in time and place order through the rest of the first runfinishers.Intheeventtherearefewerthan30butmorethan15finishers,thefirst15finisherswillbereversedforthesecondrun.Intheeventthereare fewer than15 finishers, the first 5 finisherswill be reversed for thesecondrun.Iftwoormorecompetitorshavethesametimeorsamescore,thecompetitorwiththegreatestnumberofseedpointswillbelistedfirston the first run results. If it is not a point race, the competitorwith thelowestbibnumberwillbelistedfirst,thereforewillstartbeforetheothercompetitorinthesecondrun.

5.10.1.5. Seeding for the second run of alternate competitors shall be at thediscretionoftheChiefofCompetition,tobeannouncedpriortotheevent.

5.10.2. Reruns

5.10.2.1. Acompetitorwho ishinderedduringcompetitionby theerrorofanofficial,byaspectator,byananimal,orbyanyotherjustifiablecausescanapply to any member of the Jury for a rerun immediately after theoccurrence of the interference. The team captain of the hinderedcompetitor can also make this claim. The competitor must leave thecourseimmediatelyaftertheinterferenceandmaynotridefurtherdownthecourse.(Doesnotapplyinsnowboardcross.)

5.10.2.2. GroundsforInterference:5.10.2.2.1. Blockingofthecoursebyanofficial,aspectator,ananimal,or

otherhindrance.

5.10.2.2.2. Blockingofthecoursebyafallencompetitor,whodidnotclearthecoursesoonenough.(Doesnotapplyinsnowboardcross.)

5.10.2.2.3. Objects in the course such as equipment of a previouscompetitor.(Doesnotapplyinsnowboardcross.)


57

5.10.2.2.4. Activitiesofthefirstaidservicewhichhinderthecompetitor.

5.10.2.2.5. Absenceofagateknockeddownbyapreviouscompetitor,andnotpromptlyreplaced.(Doesnotapplyinsnowboardcross.)

5.10.2.2.6. Malfunction of the scoring system. Other similar incidents,whichbeyondthewillandcontrolofthecompetitor,causesignificantlossofspeedoraffectthecompetitor'sperformance.(Doesnotapplyinsnowboardcross.)

5.10.2.2.7. Competitorswho continue after an interferencewill lose therighttoclaimarerun.(Doesnotapplyinsnowboardcross.)

5.10.2.3. If the competitor's explanation appears credible, a re-run shall begrantedonconditionthatthereasonforitislaterconfirmedbytheJury.Ifthe competitor was already disqualified before the incident entitlinghim/hertore-run,there-runisnotvalid.IncasetheRefereeorotherJurymembersareunableto immediatelyquestiontheappropriateofficials tojudge the justification for the re-run, he/shemay, to avoiddelay for thecompetitor,grantaprovisionalre-run.Thisre-runwillbevalidonlyifitisconfirmedby the Jury.Theprovisionallyordefinitively approved re-runremainsvalidif itprovesslowerthanthefirst(original)run.Iftheclaimforre-runisshowntobeunjustified,thecompetitorisdisqualified.

5.10.2.4. Re-runsshouldnotbegivenlightly.Jurymembersshouldpayspecialattention of items in 7.02. After a competitor has already fallen orotherwisedelayedhis/herrunsignificantly,he/shemaynotexpectare-runforthelossofafewadditionalsecondsduetoatardyreplyofagatejudgeorsimilarminordelay.Asaguideline,verycarefulscrutinymustbeused whenever a re-run is requested after that competitor has alreadydelayedthemselvesthroughhis/hererror.

5.10.2.5. Start Time of Rerun. The competitor may start after he/she hasreportedtothestartreferee,atthestartreferee'sdiscretion.

5.10.3. ClothingandEquipment

5.10.3.1. Safetyleashesareoptionalunlessrequiredbytheorganizerortheskiarea.

5.10.3.2. Snowboardsmusthaveaminimumwidthasdescribed:5.10.3.2.1. GlidingSurface:MinimumWidthupto135cm–14cm5.10.3.2.2. GlidingSurface:MinimumWidthmorethan135cm–16cm

5.10.3.3. Bindingsmustbefixeddiagonallyonthelongaxisoftheboard.Bootscannotoverlapeachother.

5.10.3.4. Competitorsarenotallowedtouseanykindofdevicetoadditionallysupporttheirbalanceorreduceoracceleratetheirspeed.


58

5.10.3.5. Use of Headphones During Speed Events. Headphones shall not bepermitted within the race arena for Alpine and Cross events, excludingstartcorral.

5.10.4. HelmetsarerequiredforallSnowboardevents.5.10.4.1. Helmetsshallbespecificallydesignedandmanufacturedforusein

snowsportsandshallbearaCEmarkandconformtorecognizedandappropriatestandardssuchasCEE1077orUS2040,ASTM2040.

5.10.4.2. Helmetconformitytotherulesmaybecheckedatanyevent,andthe lack of an approved helmet is grounds for refusal to allow acompetitortoparticipateinanevent.

5.10.4.3. Thehelmetmustbeattachedaspermanufacturer’sspecifications.5.10.4.4. No physical modifications or customizations to the helmet are

permitted(O.I.stickers,glitter,helmetcammountsarenotintendedasviolationsofthisclause).

5.10.4.5. Theuseofhelmetmountedcamerasisnotallowed. RulesSpecifictoParallelEvents5.11.

5.11.1. TechnicalData.Theparallel isacompetitionwhere twocompetitorsridesimultaneouslysidebysidedowntwocourses.Thesettingofthecourses,theconfigurationof thegroundand thepreparationof thesnoware tobeasidenticalaspossible.

5.11.2. Vertical Drop. Parallel slalom courses must be a minimum of 80metersandamaximumof120metersinlength.I

§ In general the course should be between 17-22 degrees average in

steepness.§ Recommendeddistancebetweengatesshouldbe11to13meters.

§ Parallelgiantslalomcoursesmustbeaminimumof120metersandamaximumof200meters.

§ The parallel giant slalom has to be set as follows: 11-15% of thevertical drop inmeters = number of turns by rounding up or downintothenearestdecimalnumber.

§ Therecommendeddistancebetweengatesshouldbe20to25meters.

5.11.3. TheGates.SlalomgatesshouldbeusedforPSL,andGSgatesforPGS.Ifnecessary,GSgatesmaybeused forbothPSLandPGScourses.Poles tobeusedmustbehingedatsnowlevel.

5.11.4. ParallelCourse.5.11.4.1. Description.Chooseaslopewideenoughfortwocourses,preferably

slightly concave. The terrain variations must be the same across the


59

surfaceoftheslope.Thecoursemusthavethesameprofileandthesamedifficulties. Over the full width of the chosen slope, the snow must beconsistent,soitispossibletoofferequalconditionsonbothcourses.Thecoursesmustbeentirelyclosedoffbyfence,flaggingorrope.

5.11.4.2. CourseSetting.5.11.4.2.1. Whenthetwocoursesareset,theleftcourse(lookingfromthe

top)willbesetwithredgatepolesandredgate flagsand therightcoursewillbesetwithbluepolesandbluegateflags.

5.11.4.2.2. The same course setter establishes both courses and makessuretheyareidenticalandparallel.Thesettermustinsurethecourseflowissmoothandthereisavarietyintheturnshapeandthecoursecauses changes in rhythm. In no case should a parallel competitionresemblealongstraightrunfromtoptobottom.Itispermittedtosetdoubleandtriplecombinations.RecommendednumberofgatesforaPSLare25to32.

5.11.4.2.3. The first gate must be placed no less than 8 meters and nomore than 10 meters from the start. The distance between eachcourse (from turning pole to turning pole)must be no less than 5metersandnomorethan8metersforPSLandnolessthan7metersandnomorethan12metersforPGS.

5.11.4.2.4. Shortly before the finish line, and after the last gate, theseparation between the two courses must be well defined so thattheydirect the competitor toward the finish line. The course settermust place the last gate in such amanner that the competitors areguidedtowardsthecenterofeachfinishline.

5.11.5. CompetitorInspection

5.11.5.1. The course must be in perfect condition from the time thecompetitors'inspectionstartsuntilitends.

5.11.5.2. Courseworkersmustnotdisturbcompetitorsduringtheinspection.5.11.5.3. Competitorsmustweartheirbibsduringinspection.5.11.5.4. Competitorsmaynot ridedown thepreparedcourseor through the

gates.

5.11.5.5. Competitors are not permitted to enter the course without beingattachedtotheirboard.

5.11.5.6. Competitorsarenotallowedto"shadowride"thecourse.5.11.5.7. DuringFinalsridersareallowedaminimumof10minutestoinspect

theparallelcoursesbyslidingdownoncefromtoptobottomonthesides.

5.11.6. TheStart


60

5.11.6.1. Twoseparatestartgateswillbeused,oneforeachcourse,eachwithseparatestartwands.

5.11.6.2. The distance between the starting gates must be no less than 4meters.

5.11.6.3. Thestartgatesmustopensimultaneouslyand itmustbe impossibleforacompetitortoopenthegatehim/herself.

5.11.6.4. The T.D. and the starter together control the start. In order tocoordinatetheirfunction,theT.D.shouldhaveaplatformsetbetweenthetwostartgateseitherinfrontorbehindsotheentireracecourseisvisible.

5.11.6.5. The start signal can only be given after the T.D. has given thecompetitorspermissiontostart.Anystartingsystemcanbeusedprovidedthesystemguaranteesasimultaneousstart.

5.11.6.6. StartIntervals:Thestarttakesplaceatirregularintervals.TheChiefofTiming and Calculations or their assistant tells the starter when eachcompetitor should start. The competitor on course need not cross thefinishbeforethenextcompetitorstarts.

5.11.6.7. StartSignal:Thestartcommandwhichshallbegiven is "Redcourseready?", "Blue course ready?", "Racers ready?", "Go". Both competitorsshouldleavethestartgateon"Go".

5.11.6.8. FalseStarts:Disqualificationwilltakeplaceif:5.11.6.8.1. Acompetitormanipulatesthestartinggate.

5.11.6.8.2. Acompetitoristryingtopassthestartinggatebeforethestartsignalhasbeengiven.

5.11.7. TheFinish

5.11.7.1. The finish areamust be symmetrical. The line of the finishmust beparallelwiththelineofthestart.

5.11.7.2. Eachfinishlineismarkedbytwopolesconnectedbyabanner,whichformsthefinish.Eachfinishmustbeatleast8meterswide.

5.11.7.3. The finish lines are separated by a post or vertical banner with amaximumwidthof1meter.

5.11.7.4. For safety reasons, it is necessary to set up virtually separate finishapproachesandexits.

5.11.7.5. ExecutionofParallelEventsonTwoCourses5.11.7.6. Eachmatch between two competitors consists of two runs, the two

competitorschangecoursesforthesecondrun.

5.11.8. Qualification


61

5.11.8.1. Aseparatequalifyingrunhastobeset.ThisrunmustbesimilartotheParallelcourses,(i.e.numberofgates, fall line, inclination).Allridersgetonerunonthiscourse.

5.11.8.2. The top 16men andwomen, in caseswhere there are less than 50ridersonly8,will takepart in theparallel finals. If timeallows, the jurymaypermit16M/Wtocompete in the finals.Thismustbeannouncedaminimumofonehourbeforethestartofqualifications.

5.11.9. ParallelFinals

5.11.9.1. 8respective(4pairs)areformedasfollowsusingtheresultsfromtheQualifications.

5.11.9.1.1. 8Pairs

Place1-Place16Place8-Place9

Place5-Place12


Place6-Place11


5.11.9.1.2. 4ParisPlace1-Place8

Place4-Place5


5.11.9.2. Each pair of competitors has to make two runs. The competitorschangecoursesforthesecondrun.Acompetitor,whodoesnotfinishorisdisqualifiedinthefirstrun,startsthesecondrunwitha5%penalty.(See9.11)

5.11.9.3. Foreachpairthecompetitorwhichislistedontopofthepairingwilldohisfirstrunontheredcourse.

5.11.9.4. StartOrder(16men,8women)followingtheorderinthetable,fromthe top to bottom, all groups race in succession. For the second run thecompetitors change course. The same system is used for all eliminationrounds.

5.11.9.5. Place 5 to 8 and 9 to 16 are determined by the times of thequalification run (runs). This process continues according to the ladderuntilawinneremerges.


62

5.11.9.6. The four remaining riders start according the rounds 7 - 18. Thelosersoftheeliminationrounds7-10racetheirfirstrunforthe3rdand4thpositionsbeforethefinalistsracetheirfirstrun,thenthelosersofthethird elimination round run their second run and then the finalists runtheirfinalrace.

5.11.10. PenaltyTimes.Thepenaltytimewillbecalculatedusingthebesttimeofthequalificationsforwomenandmen.A5%penaltyofhistimewillbeusedintheparallelfinals.Inallcasesthemaximumtimedifferenceforthefirstrunofeachpairingcanneverbehigher thanthepenalty time. i.e. theactual timedifference is 3 seconds, the penalty time is 1.5 seconds, then the second runwillbestartedwithahandicapof1.5secondsforthelosingcompetitorofthefirstround.Ifbothcompetitorsaretiedafterthesecondrunbytheirrespectivepenalty times, the competitorwhowins the second runadvances to thenextround.

5.11.11. Disqualifications5.11.11.1. Causesfordisqualifications

5.11.11.1.1. Falsestart5.11.11.1.2. Changingfromonecoursetoanother5.11.11.1.3. Disturbingtheopponent,voluntarilyornot5.11.11.1.4. Interference5.11.11.1.5. Incorrectgatepassage5.11.11.1.6. Notfinishingorgoingthroughthewrongfinish.

5.11.11.2. Thecompetitor,whodoesnotfinishorisdisqualifiedinthefirstrun,willstartinthesecondrunwithapenaltytime.

5.11.11.3. The competitorwho is disqualified or gives up in the second run iseliminated.

5.11.11.4. In case of both competitors not being able to finish, the competitorthatpassesthemostgates:

5.11.11.4.1. Firstrun:winsthefirstrun5.11.11.4.2. Secondrun:qualifiedforthenextround

5.11.12. Helmets complying with 5.10.4 are required for all competitors inParallelcompetitionsandofficialtraining.Helmets.Helmetsmanufacturedforskisportsarerequiredforallcompetitors.

RulesSpecifictoHalfpipe5.12.

5.12.1. TechnicalData

5.12.1.1. TheHalfpipe isachannelconstructed in,orof thesnow.Thecourseshouldbeasevenandashardaspossible.Theuseofartificialmeans ispermitted(salt,water,etc.)toaidincompaction.


63

5.12.1.2. RecommendedHalfpipeDimensions Minimum Recommended Maximum

Inclination 16degrees 18degrees 20degrees

Length 100m 110m 120m

Width 14m 15m 16m

WallHeight 3.5m 4m 4.5m

TransitionRadius 4m 5m 6m

5.12.1.3. ExactDimensions-Vertical0.3mat85degrees

-BottomFlat5monesnowcatwidth-DropinArea4m

-Bannerfencefromwall2m

-Outsidefencefrombanners1m5.12.2. CourseSetting

5.12.2.1. TheHalfpipecoursemustconformtospecifications.5.12.2.2. TheHalfpipecoursemustbe finishedandready for trainingat least

twohoursbeforethestartofcompetition.

5.12.2.3. The drop in area shall give the riders the opportunity to enter theHalfpipewithspeedandshallnotbeusedtoattemptamaneuver.

5.12.2.4. The lips (tops of eachwall) of theHalfpipemust be clearlymarkedwithcolor.

5.12.2.5. NofinishlineshouldbemarkedinaHalfpipe5.12.3. CompetitorTraining

5.12.3.1. Competitorsarenotrequiredtotrain.5.12.3.2. Thereshallbenospecificstartorderduringtraining.5.12.3.3. Training timeswill be communicatedby the competition committee

duringtheteamcaptains'meeting.

5.12.4. TheStart

5.12.4.1. TheHeadJudgeshallcommunicatetothestarterwhenthejudgesarereadyforthenextcompetitor.

5.12.4.2. FirstRun:ForallHalfpipecompetition, the startorder isas follows:The start order for the group is created by random draw of allcompetitors,withthewomenstartingfirst.(SeeAlpineRulesSection3.3.3forRandomDrawProcedures.)


64

5.12.4.3. SecondRun: The start order for the second runwill be in the samestart order as the first.When inheats, this takesplace in the sameheatrightafterthelastridergoes.Ifthereisafinalinthecompetitionthenthefinalcompetitorswillstartinreverseorderfromtheirqualifyingscores.

5.12.4.4. Use of Heats in Halfpipe Competitions. Competitors can be run inheatsof20-30whenappropriatebreaksoccurintheformationofthestartlist. During breaks, they would be given a 30minute practice and thentaketheirtwoscoredruns.

5.12.4.5. Start Signal. After the starter has received acknowledgment for thenextcompetitorfromtheHeadJudge,thestarterwillgivethecommand,"Ready", "Go" to the competitor. The competitor may leave the start atanytimeafterthecommand.

5.12.5. Qualifications. Competition format will be clearly defined at theCaptains/Ridersmeetingbythejury.

5.12.6. Helmets complying with 5.10.4 are required for in Halfpipecompetitions and official training. Helmets. Helmetsmanufactured for skisports are required for all competitors in Halfpipe competition and officialtraining.

5.12.7. Judges’Stand

5.12.7.1. The minimum size of the scaffolding area must be 8 meters by 2meters.Thejudges'viewingareashouldbeconstructedtoprovideampleroomfortheappropriatenumberofjudgesandprovideroomforviewingandallproperamenitiesfortheoperationofthecompetition.

5.12.7.2. Thejudges'areashouldbefencedorprotectedfromcompetitorsandspectators.

5.12.7.3. No competitor, team representative or spectator may approach thejudges'standorspeakwiththejudgesduringcompetition.

5.12.8. JudgingandScoring5.12.8.1. ScoringParameters

5.12.8.1.1. OnlymaneuversperformedintheHalfpipewillbescored.

5.12.8.1.2. Each judge shall use a ten point system. Judgeswill score byonesandtenths;3.8,6.7,7.3etc.

5.12.8.1.3. Thescorecardshallbeused torecord thescoregivenby thejudge.

5.12.8.1.4. A memory board shall be used by each judge to make allnecessarynotationsdepictingeachcompetitor'srun.

5.12.8.1.5. IfacompetitorlandsoutoftheHalfpipe,theyhavetensecondstore-enterbeforetheyaredisqualified.

5.12.8.1.6. Eachcompetitor'sscoresmustbepostedaftereachrun.


65

5.12.8.2. JudgingFormat5.12.8.2.1. 3-6judgescanbeusedatUSCSAHalfpipeevents.5.12.8.2.2. When three judges are present there will be a total of 40

points.5.12.8.2.2.1. Thejudgingdutiesareasfollows:

• One judge giving a separate score for standard airs androtation

• Onejudgeforamplitude

• OnejudgeforOI.

5.12.8.2.3. When four judges are present each judge will evaluate aspecific category, standard airs, rotations, amplitude, and overallimpressionforatotalof40points.

5.12.8.2.4. When five judges are present, three judgeswill evaluate andscore a specific category: standard airs, rotations, amplitude, andtherewillbetwooverallimpressionjudgesforatotalof50points.

5.12.8.2.5. When six judges are present, three judges will evaluate andscore a specific category: standard airs, rotations, amplitude, andtherewillbethreeoverallimpressionjudgesforatotalof60points.

5.12.8.3. JudgingCriteria.Thevalue foreachrunwillbebasedon the judges'evaluationofthefollowingcriteria.

5.12.8.3.1. StandardAirs:Theseincludeallairsortricksthatarelessthan360degrees.Thebasickindsofstandardairsallgroupedintooneofthe following: straight airs, air to fakie/fakie to forward, alley oopairs, straight switch stance airs, 180 hand plants and lip tricks lessthan 360 degrees. In able to score a high variety, a rider shouldincludeamaneuverfromasmanysub-groupsaspossible.

Forexample,performingdifferentbacksideairswithgrabsshowsagoodvariety,but includingaswitchstanceair,analleyoopair,andan air to fakie, shows a much greater range of variety as well asincreasing the difficulty. Plus if the tricks are performed well, itincreasesyourscoreforexecution.

Thegrabshouldbesolidandsmooth,thelegsandbodymaneuveredinto theappropriateposition,and then thegrabreleased,all inonefluidmotion.

Emphasis for judgingwillbe thevariety,difficulty,andexecutionoftricks in the category. Falls occurring during any attemptedmaneuverwithinthiscategoryshallbefactoredintothescore.


66

5.12.8.3.2. Rotations: These are allmaneuvers that include a rotation of360 degrees ormore. Rotations can be separated into sub-groupsincluding horizontal rotations (720 spin), vertical rotations (backflip),andhybrids(wetcat,inverted900).

Akeypoint:Agrabbed540 iscertainlybetter thana540withoutagrab. A higher score means doing maneuvers that are moredissimilar,suchas,a540,a720,aMcTwist,inverted7or9.Executionforrotationsmeanssmooth,precise,andundercontrolrotating.

Higher difficulty may be added by including stalling or off axiscombinationsandaddinganextrahalforfullrotation.


5.12.8.3.3. Amplitude:Measures theheightof themaneuvers.Amplitudeisdistancemeasuredfromthelipofthepipetotherider'scenterofmass.Theamplitudescoreisderivedfromthesumofallhits,dividedby the number of hits taken. The value of each hit is equal to thenumberof feetbetweenthe lipof thepipeand therider'scenterofmass (either above or below the lip) added to the point valueassignedtothelip.

The lipvalueshallbedeterminedbytheHeadJudgeandAmplitudeJudge based on observationsmade during practice. The purpose ofthis floating value is to ensure consistency in scoring levels amongthedifferent criteria and tohave a relative value for bothmenandwomencompetitors.

5.12.8.3.4. Overall Impression: The OI judge is looking at how a riderdesignshis/herruntoshowavarietyoftricksthatarewellexecutedanddifficult. If a rider is gettinghigh scores from the other judges,theywilldoequallyaswell inthiscriterion.AllphasesofeachtrickareevaluatedbytheOIjudges.

Thejudgeswillscoretherunbyevaluatingtherun'soverallprecisionincludingtheexecutionoftherunandtheroutineattempted.

Theoverallimpressionjudgeevaluatestheprecisenatureoftherunin relation to maneuvers attempted, both individually and as a


67

sequenceandlooksatline,theuseofthepipe,amplitudeinrelationtothetricksandoverallflowinthepipe.

Theoverallcompositionof therun is themost importantas theO.I.judge evaluates the sequences of tricks, the amount of risk in theroutineandtheprogressionofnewmaterialinthepipe.TheOverallImpressionjudgedoestakefallsintoconsideration.

5.12.9. Tie-breaking

5.12.9.1. Best of Two formats: If a tie exists, the riderwith the highest scorefromtheotherrunshallbedeclaredthewinner.

5.12.9.2. IfbothrunsaretiedthenacomparisonoftheOIjudgesshallbeused.ThecompetitorwiththehighestcombinedOIscoresfrombothrunsshallbedeclaredthewinner.

5.12.9.3. IfalltheOIjudgesaretiedtheamplitudescoreswillbecomparedforbothrunsandthehighesttotalshallbedeterminedthewinner.

RulesSpecifictoSlopestyle5.13.

5.13.1. CourseMeasurement

5.13.1.1. Averageslopeinclinationshouldbe12degrees5.13.1.2. TheSlopestylecoursemustbeaminimumof30meterswide5.13.1.3. Course for all Slopestyle must be a minimum of 150 Meters and a

maximumof200Metersinverticaldrop.

5.13.1.4. Thecourseshouldnotincludesectionswheregradientsexceedmorethan20degreesforlengthsof50metersormore.

5.13.1.5. The slope should preferably be of moderate pitch, not flat and notsteepideally10to15degrees.

5.13.2. CourseDescription

5.13.2.1. ASlopestylecourseshall containavarietyofhits,with twoormorelinesthatthecompetitormaychoosetoperform.

5.13.2.2. ASlopestylecoursemusthaveaminimumofsixfeatures,notfavoringregularorgoofyfootriders,whichshallinclude,atleast2tabletopjumpsorfunboxes,2quarterpipes,andtwootherformsofterrainparkfeatureswhichcouldincludewaves,rails,spinesorotherapprovedfeatures.

5.13.2.3. The idealslopestyleallows for theconstructionofall the features tobe usedboth bymale and female competitors. All competitors shall runthesamecourseforofficialscoring.

5.13.2.4. Other terrain features can be built but safety considerations mustalwaysbeapriority.


68

5.13.2.5. The idealSlopestylecourseshouldbe technicallychallenging,withawidevarietyoffeaturesindiversecombinations.Thecoursemusthaveasmoothflowwithabalanceoffeatures,andallowtheriderstoset-upforthenextfeature.

5.13.3. CompetitorTraining.Trainingtimesoropenrunningofthecourseisat the discretion of the competition jury but depending on the size of fieldshouldbeat least30-60minutestoallowallcompetitorstheopportunitytoridethroughthecourseaminimumoftwotimesbeforetheofficialstartofthecompetition.

5.13.4. TheStart5.13.4.1. Thestartorderwillbedeterminedbythecompetitionjuryandwillbe

announced at the Team Captains/Rider Meeting the night prior tocompetition.


5.13.5. Execution of Slopestyle Format. Competition format will be clearlydefinedattheCaptains/Ridersmeetingbythejury.

5.13.6. Helmets complying with 5.10.4 are required for all Slopestylecompetitions and official training. Helmets. Helmets manufactured for skisports are required for all competitors in Slopestyle competition and officialtraining.


5.13.7.1. The minimum size of the scaffolding area must be 8 meters by 2meters.

5.13.7.2. The judges' viewing area should be constructed to provide ampleroomfortheappropriatenumberofjudgesandprovideroomforviewingandallproperamenitiesfortheoperationofthecompetition.

5.13.7.3. Thejudgesstandneedstobeelevatedandcenteredalongthesideofthe course toview the complete slopestyle course. If this isnotpossiblethen two judgingstandsneed tobeconstructedas the judgingcrewwillneedtobesplituptoviewthecourse.



5.13.8. SlopestyleJudging5.13.8.1. SlopestylejudgingshallbedoneusingOverallImpression.


69

5.13.8.2. InSlopestyle, the run'soverallprecisionwillbeevaluated, includingtheexecutionoftherunandthelineattempted.Theoverallcompositionoftheruniskey;thesequencesoftricks,the

5.13.8.3. amountofriskintheroutine,theprogressionofnewtricksandusingtheslopestylefeatures.

5.13.8.4. ThethreemainelementsintheSlopestylejudgingaretrickdifficulty,execution,andamplitudeforeachtrickintheslopestylerun.Fallsarepartofexecutionandwillbetakenintoconsiderationoneverytrick.

5.13.8.5. When two to four judges are judging Overall Impression, all scoreswillcount.beaveragedforthecompetitor’sscore.count.

5.13.8.6. WhenfivejudgesarejudgingOverallImpression,thehighestandthelowestscoreswillbethrownoutandthethreeremainingscoresmaymaywill be added together added together averaged for the competitor'sscore.

5.13.9. Scoring5.13.9.1. TheHeadJudgewillannouncewhichscoringsystemwillbeusedfor

thecompetitionduringthefirstTeamCaptains'/Riders'meeting.

5.13.9.2. Overall Scoring System. The judges score each run based on theOverallImpressioncategory.Thescoreofeachjudgeisbetween0and10usingonedecimalor0and100.

5.13.9.3. RankingSystem.Thejudgeslookatalloftherunsandnotedownthetrick names, difficulty, amplitude and landing. According to theirimpressions andusing their notes, theywillmake apersonal rankingofthecompetitorsattheendoftheround.Pointswillbegivenaccordingtothecompetitor'splacement(1.Place=1point,2.Place=2points,a.s.o.)Todeterminethe finalranking, thepointsofall the judgesareaddedupandthewinneristheriderwiththelowestpoints.

CausesForDisqualification5.14.5.14.1. Anindividualcompetitormaybedisqualifiedifhe/she:

5.14.1.1. Isnotqualifiedaccordingtoamateurruling.5.14.1.2. Participatesinthecompetitionunderfalsepretenses.5.14.1.3. Trains on a course closed to competitors, alters the course in a

mannerforbiddenoractscontrarytotheinstructionsoftheJuryastotheexecutionofthetrainingorthecompetition.

5.14.1.4. Appearslateatthestart,makesafalsestart,missesastart,orviolatestheregulationsforstarting.

5.14.1.5. Failstocrossthegatelineswithatleastonefootbuckledtotheboard.


70

5.14.1.6. Acceptsoutsidehelpinanyformduringthecompetition.Outsidehelpconsists of, but is not limited to, another person, course equipment andpolesthatmakeupthecourse.

5.14.1.7. Fails to give way to an overtaking competitor at the first call orinterfereswiththeirrun.(Doesnotapplyinsnowboardcross).

5.14.1.8. Fails tocross thegate lineswithoutat leastone footattached to theboard. A gate has been passed correctlywhen the rider has at least thefront foot fixed inthebindingontheboardandtheentireboardcrossesthegateline.Incaseofafall,theridermustpassthroughtheturningline.A competitor who knowingly has not corrected a missed gate may notcontinuethroughfurthergatesforastartinthesecondrun.

5.14.1.9. In the event that a competitor removes a pole from its verticalpositionbeforethecompetitor'sboardandbothfeethavepassedthegateline, theboardand feet stillmustpass theoriginalgate line (marking inthesnow).

5.14.1.10. Does not wear the official start number (bibs) or alters it in aprohibitedmanner.

5.14.1.11. Doesnotcomplywiththesafetyregulations.5.14.1.12. Doesnotcomplywiththeregulationsforsponsorshipandequipment.5.14.1.13. Interruptsordisturbsanothercompetitorduringhis/herrun.5.14.1.14. Unsportsmanlikeconduct-swearing,maliciouslyknockingdowngates

ortearingupthecourse.

5.14.1.15. InGiantSlalom.Atimelimitof200%oftheaveragetimeofthefastest4 competitors in the first seed shall be imposed as cause fordisqualification. This shall be announced at race registration and seedmeetings.

5.14.1.16. Contact in Snowboard Cross. Intentional contact by pushing, pullingor othermeans, which causes another competitor to slow down, fall orexit the course is not allowed and is an automatic disqualification.Unavoidable ”casual contact” may be acceptable. All contact infractionswillbeatthediscretionofthecoursejudgesandracejury.

OrganizingCommitteeandItsDuties5.15.

5.15.1. If the organizing club or association does not act as organizingcommittee it will designate an organizing committee. The organizingcommitteewillappointacompetitioncommitteeforall technicalmattersandmake the necessary preparations and directly carry out the running of thecompetitionattheresort.

5.15.2. The organizing committeemust assume all responsibility to ensurethat thedetails involved inhostingcompetitionsareproperlycontrolled.The


71

importance of efficient communication with all individuals and participatingteamsisessentialtoawell-plannedcompetition.

5.15.3. The organizing committee should provide an announcement thatprovidestoallparticipantsandguestsmaterialsonaccommodationandtraveldetails.

5.15.4. The Organizing Committee is responsible for providing results toindividuals participating in the competition immediately following thecompetition.

CompetitionCommittee,CompetitionOfficialsandTheirDuties5.16.

5.16.1. TheCompetitionCommitteeiscomposedofthefollowing:

• TheChiefofCompetition

• TheChiefofCourse

• TheChiefofTimingandCalculation

• TheChiefGateJudge(giantslalom)HeadJudge(snowboardcross)

• ChiefofFinishforsnowboardcross)

• TheCompetitionSecretary5.16.2. The Competition Committee appoints all additional Officials not

alreadydesignated.

5.16.3. The Competition Committee is responsible for all technicalmatters,includingtheselectionandpreparationofthecourses.

5.16.4. TheChiefofCompetitiondirectsandcontrolstheworkofallOfficials,summons the meetings of the Competition Committee for consideration oftechnical questions and generally acts as chairperson of the team officersmeetings,afterconsultationwiththeTechnicalDelegate(TD).

5.16.5. The Chief of Timing and Calculation is responsible for thecoordinationofofficialsatthestartandfinish,includingtimingandcalculation.Ingiantslalom,he/sheoraspecialassistantwilldecide the intervalbetweenstarts. The following officials are under his/her direction: Starter, AssistantStarter, Start Recorder, Chief Time Keeper, Assistant Time Keepers, FinishController,ChiefofCalculationandhis/herassistants.

5.16.6. TheChiefofCourse isresponsibleforthepreparationsofthecourseinaccordancewith thedecisionsof theCompetitionCommitteeand the Jury.He/shemustbefamiliarwithlocalsnowconditionsontheterrainconcerned.

5.16.7. TheCourseSetter,whomayalsoactasChiefofCourse,isresponsibleforthesettingofgatesforgiantslalomandsnowboardcourse.CoursesettersareappointedbytheJury.Eachrunofacompetitionistobesetbyadifferentcourse setter.He/she must give exclusive priority to the safety of thecompetitor.Course settersmust takecare to set symmetrical courses thatdo


72

not favor goofy or regular riders. Where especially bad weather and snowconditionswarrant,theJurymaytakemeasurestosafeguardthecompetitors.TheCourseSetter’sworkisotherwisesupervisedbytheChiefofCourseandbytheJury.

5.16.8. The Chief Gate Judge (giant slalom) organizes and supervises theworkofthe gatejudges.He/Shedesignatesthegateseachwillsuperviseandplaces them in position. At the end of the first run and the end of thecompetition, he/shewill collect the gate judges' control cards for delivery totheReferee.He/Shemustdistribute,ingoodtimetoeachgatejudge,necessarymaterials (control card, pencil, start list, etc.) and be prepared to offerassistanceduringtheevent.e.g.,keepingthespectatorsoffthecourse,helpingmaintain the course, etc. He/She must make sure the numbering and themarkingofthegatesisdonewithintherequiredtime.

5.16.9. The Head Judge (snowboard cross) organizes and supervises thefreeskiingjudges.He/Shedesignatesthecategoryeachjudgewillevaluateandsupervises their conducton the judges' stand.At theendof the first run, theHead Judge will collect all the scorecards and deliver them to the Chief ofcalculation.He/Shewill check tomake sure each judge's scores are in rangewith theothers.He/Shewillofferassistance to the judgeswhennecessary tokeepspectatorsandcompetitorsawayfromthejudges'stand.

5.16.10. GateJudges’ObligationsandDuties

5.16.10.1. Gate judges observe the passage of competitors through the gates.Eachgatejudgemusthaveathoroughknowledgeofthecompetitionrules.Thegatejudge'sdecisionmustbeclearandnonpartisan.His/Herconductmust be calm, watchful and prudent. In case of a doubt, the gate judgeshould give the competitor the benefit of doubt. The gate judge mustdeclare a fault only when he/she is convinced that a fault has beencommitted.

5.16.10.2. In case of a protest, he/she must be able to explain clearly anddefinitivelyhowthefaultwascommitted.

5.16.10.3. Ifthegatejudgeisindoubtwhetherafaulthasoccurred,he/shemustmakeacarefulinvestigation.He/Shecanconsulttheadjacentgatejudgeinordertoconfirmhis/hernotes.He/Shecanevendemand,viaamemberofthe Jury, that the race be briefly interrupted so he/she may check thetracksonthecourse.

5.16.10.4. The opinions of the public cannot be allowed to influence the gatejudges'judgment.Likewise,theymaynotaccepttheopinionsofwitnesses,eventhoughtheymaybeexperiencedones.

5.16.10.5. The responsibility of the gate judge begins with the competitorapproachingthefirstgatetheycontrolandendswhenthecompetitorhaspassedthroughthelastgateundertheirjurisdiction.


73

5.16.10.6. ResponsibilitytotheCompetitor:Acompetitor,incaseofanerrororafall, can turn to thegate judgeandquestionhimorher.Thegate judgemust inform the competitor if he/she has committed a fault thatwouldlead to disqualification. With a clear, decisive voice, the gate judgeanswersthecompetitor'squestionwithoneofthefollowingwords:-"Go!"if the competitor should expect no disqualification, since the gate judgehas ruled the gate passage as correct; -"Back!" if the competitor mayexpect disqualification. The competitor is fully responsible for his/heractionand,inthisrespect,cannotholdthegatejudgeliable.

5.16.10.7. Inaccordancewith the instructionsgivenby the Jury, theChiefGateJudge(orassistantgatejudge)collectsallthegatecards,andthenpassesthemon to theReferee.At theconclusionof the first run, theChiefGateJudgedistributesthegatecardsforthesecondrun.

5.16.10.8. Each gate judge who has recorded a disqualifying fault or who hasbeenwitness to an incident leading to a rerunmustbe available to theJuryuntilafterthesettlementofanyprotests.ItistheresponsibilityoftheT.D.todismissagatejudgewhoiswaitingtobecalledbytheJury.

5.16.10.9. Otherduties:Replacegatepolesvertically (a leaningpolecanaidorhinderacompetitor).Replaceknockedoutpoles intheirexactpositions;thepositionismarkedbythedyeinthesnow.Replace,ifpossible,tornormissing flags or banners. Replace broken gate poles according to color(blueorred);thepiecesofbrokenpolesmustbestoredinawaythatwillnotendangercompetitorsorspectators.Maintainandrepairtheirsectionofthecourse.Keepthecourseclear.

5.16.10.10. NogatejudgeshouldberesponsibleformorethantwogatesinGiantSlalom.

5.16.10.11. In the case of Snowboard Cross all Gate Judges must beequipped with radios to ensure communication to the chief of finishduringthewholecompetition.

5.16.11. ChiefofFinish–SnowboardCross.The chiefof finish is responsiblefortheorganizationandsupervisionofthefinishlineJudges.Thechiefoffinishwill accept protests in the finish area. The chief of finish must report allprotestsimmediatelytotheotherJurymembersimmediately.

5.16.12. JudgingProcedure-SnowboardCross

5.16.12.1. Each judgewillusescorecards,which indicatewhothe judge is,andthebibnumberofthecompetitor.Allscorecardswill indicateaplaceforeachcompetitorineachraceorheat.

5.16.12.2. No competitor or spectator will be allowed to approach the judgesareaandtalktothejudgesduringcompetition.


74

5.16.12.3. Judges for Snowboard Crossmust determine the order of finish foreachraceorheatandcommunicatethefinishorderdirectlytothechiefoffinish.

5.16.12.4. ForSnowboardCrosstheremustbeaminimumoffourjudges.5.16.12.5. TheCompetitionSecretary is responsible forall secretarialwork for

thetechnicalaspectsofthecompetitionandamongothersforpreparationofthedrawandthestartorder.TheSecretarymustensurethattheofficialresults contain the information required by the organizing CompetitionCommittee. He/she is responsible for the minutes of the CompetitionCommittee,Jury,andteamofficersmeetings.He/shemustensurethatallformsforstart,finish,timing,calculationandgatejudgingandjudgingarewell prepared andhandedover to the officials concerned in goodorderand at the proper time. The Secretary receives any official protests andgives them to those who are concerned. He/she must facilitate thecalculationofresultsbyappropriatepreparation,andensurethattheyareduplicatedandpublishedasquicklyaspossibleafterthecompletionofthecompetition.

CompositionAndDutiesOfTheCompetitionJury5.17.5.17.1. CompositionoftheGSJury

TechnicalDelegateChiefofCompetition

CompetitionReferee

ChiefofFinish5.17.2. CompositionoftheSnowboardCrossJury

TechnicalDelegateChiefofCompetition

CompetitionReferee

HeadJudgeChiefofFinish

5.17.3. The Technical Delegate and Head Judge are appointed by theorganizing committee. The Referee is selected by the Technical Delegate. AcompetitormaynotbeamemberoftheJury.

5.17.4. Voting: The Technical Delegate is chairman of the Jury. He/SheconductstheJurymeetings.EachofthefollowingmembershasonevoteintheJury:

• T.D.

• ChiefofCompetition


75

• Referee(alpineevents)orChiefofFinish(snowboardevents)5.17.5. Decisionsaremadebysimplemajorityvoteofmemberspresentand

voting.Inthecaseofatie,theT.D.caststhedecidingvote.

5.17.6. DutiesoftheJury5.17.6.1. The Jurymonitors the adherence to the rules throughout the entire

competition,includingtheofficialtraining.5.17.6.2. Froma technicalstandpointparticularlyby:checking thesetcourse,

checking the snow conditions on and beside the course, checking thepreparation of the course, approving the use of snow compactors andother chemicals, checking the crowdcontrol systems, checking the start,thefinishandthefinishoutrun,checkingthefirstaidservice,appointingthecoursesetters,settingthetimeofcoursesetting,overseeingtheworkofthecoursesetters,checkingthefasteningofthegateflags,astotheriskof injury, opening or closing the competition courses for training inconsideration of the technical preparations and the prevailing weatherconditions,determiningthemannerofcourseinspection,inspectionofthecoursebeforethecompetition,determiningthenumberofforerunnersforeach run and setting the start order of the forerunners, debriefing theforerunners, changing the start order in consideration of courseconditions,inextraordinaryconditions,changingthestartintervals,givinginstructions toandobtaining information fromthegate judges, checkingthejudgesstandandthejudgesworkingconditions.

5.17.6.3. QuestionsnotcoveredbyRules:Ingeneral,theJurytakesdecisionsonallquestionsnotclarifiedbytherules.

5.17.7. TheTechnicalDelegate(T.D.)5.17.7.1. Responsibilities.TheprimarydutiesoftheT.D.aretomakesurethat

therulesanddirectionsofsnowboardarefollowed,toseetheeventrunssmoothly,toadvisetheorganizers,withinthescopeoftheirduties.

5.17.7.1.1. Beforethecompetition,theT.D.:

• inspects the competition and training courses and checksonthesafetymeasurestaken.

• controls the fasteningof the gate flagswhichmay constituteanyriskofinjurytothecompetitor.

• collaboratesintheadministrativeandtechnicalpreparations.

• checksonthepresenceofsufficientradiosforallmembersofthe Jury.checks courseswith regard topreparation,marking,crowdcontrol,aswellasthelayoutofstartandfinishareas.

• supervisesthecoursesettingtogetherwiththeJury.


76

• checks the location of towers and sees they are adequatelyprotected.

• checks all technical installations such as timekeeping, handtiming,communications,judgesstand,transportofpeople,etc.

• takespartinallmeetingsoftheJuryandoftheteamcaptains.

• workscloselywiththeofficialsoftheOrganizingCommittee.

• hastheright,ifaneventcannotbecarriedoutontheselectedcourse because of "force majeure", to move the event to asubstitute course proposed by the organizer. This, on theexplicit condition that the necessary safetymeasures can befulfilled.

5.17.7.1.2. Duringthecompetition,theT.D.:

• keeps watch on whether the valid rules and directives areobeyed in regard to advertising, etc., on clothing and raceequipment.

• keeps watch on the technical and organizational conduct oftheevent.

• punishesbreachesoftherules.5.17.7.1.3. Afterthecompetition,theT.D.

• helps with the compilation of the Referee's disqualificationreport.

• presentsproperlysubmittedproteststotheJuryfordecision.5.17.8. Referees(alpineevents)

5.17.8.1. TheteamcaptainsappointtheRefereeandassistantreferee.5.17.8.2. Incriticalcases,especiallythoseinvolvingdangertothecompetitors,

the directions of the T.D. are also binding for the Referee and assistantreferee. In particular, prerequisites should be established by the T.D.togetherwiththereferees,toensurethebestpossibletechnicalrunningofacompetition.

5.17.8.3. DutiesoftheRefereeandAssistantReferee:• Drawingstartnumbers,ifnecessary.

• Inspection of the course immediately after it is set, alone oraccompaniedbymembersoftheJury.

• Changing the course by removing or adding gates; if the Refereeinspectsthecoursealone,hisdecisionisfinal.Thecoursesettermustbeinformedofsuchchanges,ifhe/shewasnotpresentatthisinspection.


77

• Receiving the reports of the start and finish referees and thecompetition officials about the infractions of the rules and the gatefaultsattheendofthefirstrun,andagainattheendofthecompetition.

• Checking,signingandpostingtheReferee'sminutes, immediatelyaftereachrun,ontheofficialnoticeboardandalsoatthefinish.Theminutesshould include the names of the competitors disqualified, the gatenumberswhere the faultsoccurred, thenamesof thegate judgeswhonoted the faults leading to thedisqualificationsand theexact time thedisqualificationswereposted.

5.17.8.4. Collaboration with the T.D. The Referee and the assistant refereemustworkverycloselywiththeT.D.TheassistantrefereecansubstitutefortheReferee,ifnecessary.

5.17.8.5. StartReferee. Thestartrefereemustremainatthestartthroughouttraining and competition. He/Shemustmake sure the rules for startingandthestartorderareproperlyobserved.

• He/Shedetermineslateandfalsestarts.

• He/Shedetermines theviolationsagainst therules forequipmentandimmediatelytakesthemeasuresprovidedforbytherules.

• At the end of the competition, he/she reports to the Referee thenamesofthecompetitorswhodidnotstart,havemadefalseorlatestartsorotherinfringements.

5.17.8.6. Finish Referee. The finish referee must remain at the finishthroughouttrainingandcompetition.He/Shemustmakesurethatandtherulesforfinishingareproperlyobserved.

• He/Shesupervises the finishcontroller, the timingand thecrowdcontrolinthefinisharea.

• He/Shemustbeable tocommunicate, immediately,withthestartatalltime.

• ThefinishrefereemustreporttotheRefereeimmediatelyafterthecompetition.

5.17.9. StartandFinishOfficials5.17.9.1. TheStarter.Forsnowboardcrossevents,thestartermusthaveradio

contact with the Head Judge during training and competition. For giantslalomevents, the startermust synchronizehis/herwatchwith thoseofthe assistant starter and the chief timekeeperwithin tenminutes of thestart. The starter is responsible for the warning signal and the startcommand, as well as for the accuracy of the intervals between thesesignals.He/Sheassignsthesupervisionofthecompetitorstotheassistantstarter.


78

5.17.9.2. Chief Timekeeper (alpine events). The Chief Timekeeper isresponsible for the accuracy of the timing. He/She synchronizes thewatcheswiththestarterasshortlybeforeandafterthecompetitionasispossible.He/Shemustpublishunofficialtimesasquicklyaspossible(onthe scoreboard). If the electronic timing fails, the chief timekeepermustcommunicateimmediatelywiththestartrefereeandtheT.D.

5.17.9.3. Finish Controller / Chief of Finish (snowboard cross) The finishcontrollerhasthefollowingduties:

• Supervisionofthefinish.

• Supervisionofthepropercrossingofthefinishline.

• Recordingthefinishingorderofallcompetitorswhocompletethecourse.


79

SECTION6–FREESKIRULES6.0

USASA,USSAandFISRulesvs.USCSARules6.1.6.1.1. OfficialFreeskiCompetitionRulesfortheUSCSAConferencequalifyingmeets

and Regional Championships leading to the “United States Collegiate FreeskiChampionships”(TM).

6.1.2. If theUSCSAcompetitionissanctionedbytheUSASA,thentheUSASArulesshallgovernUSCSAFreeskicompetitioninallareasnotspecificallycoveredintheUSCSACompetitionandRulesManual.USASArulingsarereferencedwith(USASA) brackets. USASA rulebooks are available for download atwww.USASA.org. USCSA competitions shall be governed first by the USCSArules;second,inallareasnotspecificallycovered,theUSASACompetitionrulesshallbeused.

6.1.3. IftheUSCSAcompetitionissanctionedbyFIS(ICR)andUSSA,thenFISandUSSArulesshallgovernUSCSAFreeskicompetitioninallareasnotspecificallycoveredintheUSCSACompetitionandRulesManual.FISandUSSArulingsarereferencedwith{FIS}(USSA)brackets.FISandUSSArulebooksareavailablefromUSSA, PO Box 100, Park City, UT 84060, ph. (435) 649-9090 and fromeachorganization'swebsite.USCSAcompetitionsshallbegovernedfirstbytheUSCSArules,second,inallareasnotspecificallycovered,theUSSACompetitionrulesshallbeused,andthird,inallareasnotspecificallycoveredtheFIS(ICR)shallbeused.

6.1.4. Inallinstancesofcompetition,thesanctioninggoverningbodyshouldbetheprimary rule provider. When ambiguity arises by following the rules of thesanctioninggoverningbody,thenuseofthealternategoverningbodyruleswillbeused.

TheStart6.2.

6.2.1. Thestart areamustbe closedoff so thatonly the starting competitorsandofficialsconcernedwiththestartarelocatedinthearea.Thestartareamustbeprotected appropriately against inclement weather. A special roped off areamustbe,providedfortrainers,teamcaptains,etc.,inwhichtheymaytakecareofthewaitingcompetitorswithoutbeinginterruptedbythepublic.

6.2.2. The Start ramp shall be prepared in such a way that the competitors canstandrelaxedonthestartingline,andcanquicklyreachfullspeedafterleavingthe starting gate. Push off posts will be installed at the starting gate for allevents.Thespecificationswillbeadjustedtotheneedsofthespecificevents.

6.2.3. The posts supporting the SkierCross Time Trial starting gate should beapproximately60-90cmapartandshallnotprojectmore than50cmabovethesnow.Thestartinggate,consistingofastartingmechanismsconnectedonto awand (set below the knee),will be placed so that starting is impossiblewithoutitsopening.


80

6.2.4. Noofficialorattendantwhocouldpossiblygiveanadvantage toordisturbthestartingcompetitormaybebehindhim/her.Alloutsidehelp is forbidden.By order of the starter, the competitor must take his/her place behind thestartinggate.Thestartermustnottouchthecompetitoratthestart.Pushingofffromthestartpostsorothersimilaraidsisallowed.

6.2.5. The Starter:After he/shehas ascertained that the course is ready, and tensecondsbeforethestart,thestartershallgiveeachcompetitora"Tensecond"alert.Fivesecondsbeforethestarthe/sheshallcount"5,4,3,2,1"andthengivethe audible start command of "GO". The window to start is 10 seconds. ForSkierCross, the starter gives the competitor the warning “Riders ready – Goattention “– randomly1-4 secondsbefore thedoorsopen.TheStarter:Afterhe/shehasascertainedthatthecourseisready,andtensecondsbeforethestart, the starter shall give each competitor a "Ten second" alert. Fiveseconds before the start he/she shall count "5,4,3,2,1" and then give theaudible start command of "GO". The window to start is 10 seconds. ForCross, the starter gives the competitor the warning “Riders ready –Attention“–randomlybetween0to5secondsbeforethedoorsopen.

6.2.6. A competitorwho is not ready to start 1minute after being called,will bedisqualified.TheStartRefereemay,however,excusesuchadelayif,inhis/heropinion,thedelayisdueto"forcemajeure",andallowthestartprovisionally.(For example, breakdown of a competitor's personal equipment or minorsicknessofacompetitordoesnotconstitute"forcemajeure".)Inthiscase,thedelayedcompetitorstartsattheendofthecurrentseed.TheStartRefereewillmakethenecessarydecisionsinthecaseofalatestartandmustimmediatelyinformthereferee,givingthestartnumberandnameofthecompetitor(s)whoweretobeallowedtostartbecauseoflateappearance,orwhowereallowedtostartprovisionallyinspiteoflateappearance.

6.2.7. Valid and False Starts. In competitions with a fixed start interval, thecompetitormust start on the start signal. The start time is valid if it occurswithin five seconds before or five seconds after the official start time. Acompetitorwhodoesnotstartwithinthatspanoftimewillbedisqualified.6.2.7.1. Acompetitormustleavethestartwithbothfeetattachedtotheboard.

6.2.7.2. Immediately after the competition, the start refereewill inform theRefereeof thestartnumbersandnamesof thecompetitorswhomadeafalsestartorhavecompromisedthestartingrules.

TheFinish6.3.6.3.1. The finish area must be plainly visible to the competitor approaching the

finish. It must be wide, with a gentle sloped smooth out run. It must beespeciallywellpreparedandsmoothlypackedtomakestoppingeasy.

6.3.2. Thefinishareaistobecompletelyfencedin.Anyunauthorizedentrymustbeprevented.


81

6.3.3. Snow walls, straw or hay bags, foam rubber or other appropriate safetymaterialsshallbeusedtopreventanypossibilityofacollisionwiththefinishstructures.

6.3.4. Thefinishlineismarkedbytwopostsorverticalbannersthatareconnectedby ahorizontal bannermarked "finish". InGS andSBX the finishmustbenolessthan10mwide.Thepostsusedtomountthetimingdevicesmustalsobeatleastasfarapartasthefinishpostsandshallbeprotectedjustascarefullyandadequatelyasthefinish posts.Thetimingpostsaretobeplaceddirectlybehindthefinishpostsorbanners,onthedownhillside.Thefinishlinemustbeclearlymarkedwithdye.

6.3.5. Withelectronictiming,thetimeistakenwhenacompetitorcrossesthelinebetween the finishpostswith anypart of his/herbodyor equipment and sobreaks thecontactorbeam.The finish linemustbecrossedwithat leastonefootattachedtotheboard. InFreeskiCrossthecompetitor'splaceof finish isdeterminedwhenanypartofthebodyorFreeskicrossesthefinishline.

6.3.6. In case of a fall at the finish, the time can be taken without both of thecompetitor’s feethavingcrossed the finish line. In this case the time is takenwhenanypart of the competitor's bodyor equipment stops the timekeepingsystem.Withhand timing, the time is takenwhenanypartof thecompetitorcrossesthefinishline.

6.3.7. Forthistimetobecomevalid, thecompetitormust immediatelycompletelycrossthefinishlinewithatleastonefootattachedtotheboard.

6.3.8. ElectronicTiming:Theremustbecommunication(radios)betweenthestartand finish. Photoelectric cells are placed at such a height that a competitorfinishingnormally,cutsthebeamwiththelowerhalfofhis/herlegs,betweentheankleandtheknee.

6.3.9. In case of a failure in themain electronic timing system, the results of thebackupelectronictimingwillbevalid.Utilizationoftimestakenbyhand;handtimesmaybeusedintheofficialresultsafteracorrectionhasbeencalculated.

6.3.10. HandTiming.Forall competitionsback-uphand timingmust recordthe 1/10ths or 1/100ths of a second. It must be completely separate andindependentoftheelectronictimingatthestartandfinish.Thewatchesmustbesynchronizedwiththeelectronictiming.

6.3.11. Calculation of the correction (E.E.T.): To calculate the differencebetweenthetimestakenbyhandandtheelectronictimesofthe6competitorsstartingbeforethemissingtimeandthe6startingafterorifnecessarythe12nearest competitors. The two times showing the greatest differences areeliminated.Thesumof the remaining10 timedifferences isdividedby10 togivethecorrection,whichmustbeappliedtothehandtimeofthecompetitorwithoutanelectronictime.

Results6.4.


82

6.4.1. Organizers shall provide appropriate facilities for continuous visual oracousticpresentationofallregisteredtimesorscoresofallcompetitors.

6.4.2. As soon as possible after completion of the competition (race or heat inSkierCross),unofficialtimes,scoresanddisqualificationsshallbepostedontheofficial scoreboard/notice board, and at the finish; including names ofcompetitorswhohave beendisqualified and the names of officialswhohavenotedthefaultsleadingtothedisqualifications,andincludetheexacttimethedisqualificationswereposted.The time limit forprotests iscounted fromthemomentofthisnotification.Protestsenteredlaterareconsiderednullandvoid.

6.4.3. In SkierCross a scoreboard/s shall be provided at both the top and thebottomofthecourse

6.4.4. Unofficial Results: Results shall be considered unofficial until approved bythe T.D. Unofficial results shall be posted on a scoreboard, which shall bereadilyvisible fromtheareaprovided for thecompetitorswhohave finished.Wheneverpossible,unofficial results shouldbeannounced to thepublicoverloudspeakers.

6.4.5. TheChiefofCalculationsisresponsibleforquickandaccuratecalculationofresults.He/Shesupervisesthe immediateduplicationofunofficialresultsandthepublicationofofficialresultsafterexpirationoftheprotestinterval,orafteranyprotestshavebeendecided.

6.4.6. Allresultsaretobesubmittedseparatelyformenandwomen.Competitionresultsshallinclude:

-thenameoftheorganizingcluborassociation;-thenameofthecompetition;

-thedateofthecompetition;-thelocationofthecompetition;

-thetypeofcompetition(SKX,SLP,HP);

-theT.D.,SKX;-theChiefofCompetition,SKX,SLP,HP;

-theChiefofCourse,SKX,SLP,HP;

-thereferees(includingtheassistant,start,finishreferees),SKX,SLP,HP;-theHeadJudge,SKX,SLP,HP;

-thestartreferee,SKX,SLP,HP;-thenamesofalljudges,SKX;

-thelengthofthecourse,SKX;

-thedegreeofinclinationofthecourse,SKX;-thewidthofthecourse,SKX;


83

-theheightofthecourse,SKX;

-competitor'sbibnumber;-competitor'sname;

-competitor'sschoolname;-firstruntime,SKXTT;

-secondruntime,SKXTT;

-totaltime,SKXTT;-competitor'splacepoint/s,SLP,HP;

-competitionbracketing,SKX;

-USCSAteamresultsandteamto include the top threescores(SKX,SLP,HP)ofeachscoringmember,alongwith thesumof the top3placepointfinishersforeachteam.

JointRegulationsoftheCourse6.5.

6.5.1. AllcoursesmustcomplywithstandardssetbyUSCSA, followingtheUSASAstandards if sanctionedbyUSASAor followingUSSAandFIS if sanctionedbyUSSA.

6.5.2. When visibility is poor, pine boughs or dye shall be used to spread on thesidesofthecoursetoaidindepthperception.

6.5.3. When possible appropriate warm up slopes, closed to the public, must bemadeavailableforallcourses.

6.5.4. Onaclosedcourse,nooneexceptfortheJuryispermittedtochangegates,flagsetc.ormodifythecoursestructure(jumps,bumps,etc.).

6.5.5. Competitorswhoenteraclosedcompetitioncourseattimesotherthanthosepublishedby the Jurymaybedisqualified. Trainers, servicemen, coaches etc.whoareallowedonaclosedcompetitioncourseare tobedeterminedby theJury.

6.5.6. Gates(SkierCrossevent):Allpolesusedinthealpineeventsaredividedintorigidpolesandflexpoles.6.5.6.1. Rigid Poles: Round, uniform poleswith a diameter between 25mm

and32mm,withoutjoints,areallowedasrigidpoles.Rigidpolesmayonlybeusedastheoutsidepoleofaslalomgateandthenon-impactpoleofaGSgatesystemwithagatepanel.Theymustbeofsuchalengththat,whenset, they project at least 1.80meters out of the snow and theymust bemadeofanon-splinteringmaterial.

6.5.6.2. FlexPoles:Flexpolesmustconformtotherigidpolespecificationsbutarefittedwithaspring-loadedhinge.


84

6.5.6.3. StubbyPoles:Stubbypolesareflexpoleswithnotmorethan20cmofpoleabovethehinge.StubbyPolesmaybeusedforParallelevents.

6.5.7. TheChiefofCoursemustprovideenoughofthefollowing:-blueandredslalompoles;-acorrespondingnumberofflags,dividedbycolors;

-sledgehammers,crowbars,drills,wedges,etc.

-gatenumbers;-sparepoles;

-anddyeformarkingthepositionofthepoles.

6.5.8. Marking Gates: The positions of the gate poles are to be marked with aneasily recognizable coloring substance that remains visible throughout theentirerace.

6.5.9. NumberingGates: The gatesmust be numbered from top to bottomof thecourseandthenumbersattachedto theoutsidepole.Startand finisharenotcounted.

ProtestsConcerningFreeskiEvents6.6.

6.6.1. Protests shall be submitted in accordance with section and formatted asfollowsforalleventsinthisdiscipline.Allprotestsmustbegiveninwritingbyateamofficerorcoachtoavotingmemberofthejury,unlessnotedotherwisebelow, and be accompanied by a cash deposit. For Regional and Nationalevents, thedeposit is $50.00 for all protests submitted in thisdiscipline.Thedeposit will be refunded if the protest is upheld. Such protests must bereceived in the time periods as noted below orwill not be considered. Thedepositmaybewaivedatconferencelevelevents.

6.6.2. Nocompetitor,coach,teamofficer,orspectatorwillbeallowedtoapproachthejudge’sareaandtalktothejudgesduringanycompetition.

6.6.3. ProtestsConcerningtheCourse:Obstacles,dangerpoints,visibility,etc.,mustbepresentedtotheChiefofCompetition60minutespriortothestartofanycompetition.

6.6.4. Protests During the Competition: A team officer who protests against anyactionbyanothercompetitororanofficialduringthecompetitionmustsubmithis/her protest to the Referee or any other member of the jury within 15minutesafterthecompetitionends.Protestsaretobesubmittedatthelocationdesignated on the official notice board or at a place announced at a teamcaptain’smeeting.

6.6.5. Protests Concerning Disqualifications, Timing: A Protest againstdisqualificationsortimingmustbepresentedinwriting,byateamofficertoavotingmemberofthejurywithin15minutesofthepostingofadisqualificationorunofficialtime.


85

6.6.6. ProtestsConcerningFalseCalculationandClericalErrors:Acomplaint,basednotonanallegedbreachoftherulesonthepartofanofficialorcompetitor,butonanallegederrorin,calculatingtheresults,shallbeconsideredifitissentby,ateamofficerviaregisteredlettertotheRaceCommitteewithinonemonthofthedateofthecompetition.Ifthemistakeisprovencorrectlistsofresultsshallbepublished.

6.6.7. SkierCross: Protests/DSQs. Disqualifications will be announced and/orpostedimmediatelyaftereachheatatadesignatedareaatthebottomandtopof the course.All protestsmust be reported to theChief of Finishbefore thenextheatbegins.Protestsmaybesubmittedby theaffectedcompetitor(s)orteamofficer,butmustbesubmittedpriortotheeffectedathlete’sdepartureofthe finish corral. Protests can be delivered verbally / orally initially to theFinish Referee if acceptable to the jury, but must be followed by a writtenstatement.

6.6.8. ExaminationofProtests6.6.8.1. The Jurymeets to deal with the protests under its jurisdiction at a

time predetermined by the Jury and publicly announced on the officialnoticeboard.Thisisasettimefollowingthepostingofdisqualificationsorunofficialresults,whicheverofthesepostingsoccurslater.

6.6.8.2. In dealingwith a protest against disqualifications, the gate judge inquestion(and,ifneedbe,thegatejudgeoftheadjacentgatecombinationsorotherinvolvedofficials),thecompetitorinquestion,andtheprotestingteamofficer shall be invited to attend. Further, the requested additionalevidencesuchasvideotape,photos,movies,etc.shouldbechecked.

6.6.8.3. At thevoteon theprotest,only the jurymembersare tobepresent.TheTechnicalDelegatechairstheproceedings.Minutesaretobekeptandsignedby theTechnicalDelegate.Thedecision requiresamajorityof allmembersnamedtotheJury,notjustofthosepresent.Incaseofatievote,theTechnicalDelegate'svoteisdecisive.Thedecisionistobemadepublicimmediatelyaftertheproceedingsbypostingontheofficialnoticeboardwith notation of the posting time. In SkierCross the decision may beannouncedorally.

6.6.9. Appeals6.6.9.1. Appeals against Jury decisions are to be submittedwithin 24 hours

after their publication. Appeals against the official results are to besubmittedwithin14daysto:

6.6.9.1.1. TheConferenceAppealsBoard(ConferenceCompetitions)

6.6.9.1.2. TheRegionalAppealsBoard(RegionalCompetitions)6.6.9.1.3. TheUSCSACompetition/RulesCommittee(NationalEvents)

6.6.9.2. TheUSCSACompetitionandRulesCommittee shallhear all protestsregarding national events. Any member of the USCSA Competition and


86

RulesCommitteewhomayhaveservedonthejurybeingprotested,orarerepresentativesofschoolsinvolvedtherein,shallbedisqualifiedfromthedeliberationsonthatissue.


CancellationOfACompetition6.7.

6.7.1. The Jury has the right to cancel a competition if the safety of thecompetitorsisendangeredoriftheproperconductofthecompetitioncannotbeguaranteed.

6.7.2. If,however,aprotestislodgedwiththeappropriateappealboardandupheldby that board within 24 hours after cancellation of the race the wholecompetitionmustberunagain.Ifthereisnoprotest,theraceiscanceled.

JointRegulations6.8.6.8.1. Seeding

6.8.1.1. Participating full teams shall have one competitor placed in each ofthe5 seeds. Theorder of teams shall be generatedby randomselectionwithineachseed.Thereshallbeseparatedrawsforeachevent;Slopestyle,Halfpipe, and SkierCross time trials.All randomselectiondrawsbyheatmay be processed electronically with software that produces the dailyseeds based on randomizing each heat individually, without bias to aspecificteam.Randomdrawcanalsobedonemanually,shouldcomputersystemsforrandomizationbeunavailable.(SeeAlpineRulesSection3.3.3forRandomDrawProcedures.).

6.8.1.2. The seeding of outstanding individual competitors (Regional’s andNationals)forSlopestyle,Halfpipe&SkierCrosstimetrialsshallbeplacedbetween the first and second seed. The random selection of theseindividual representatives shall be determined by draw at the seedingmeeting. (If the number of outstanding individual competitors out-numbertheteams,theywillbeseededintheteammanner.)

6.8.1.3. SpecialSkiCrossSeeding:TimesfromtheTimeTrailsareusedtoplaceracersinheats.Ifpossible,noathletesfromthesameteamshallbeinthesame1stroundofheats.

6.8.1.4. Seeding for the second run of alternate competitors shall be at thediscretionoftheChiefofCompetition,tobeannouncedpriortotheevent.

6.8.2. Re-Runs6.8.2.1. Acompetitorwho ishinderedduringcompetitionby theerrorofan

official,byaspectator,byananimal,orbyanyotherjustifiablecausescanapply to any member of the Jury for a rerun immediately after the


87

occurrence of the interference. The team captain of the hinderedcompetitor can also make this claim. The competitor must leave thecourseimmediatelyaftertheinterferenceandmaynotridefurtherdownthecourse.(DoesnotapplyinSkierCross.)

6.8.2.2. GroundsforInterference:

6.8.2.2.1. Blockingofthecoursebyanofficial,aspectator,ananimal,orotherhindrance.

6.8.2.2.2. Blockingofthecoursebyafallencompetitor,whodidnotclearthecoursesoonenough.(DoesnotapplyinSkierCross.)

6.8.2.2.3. Objects in the course such as equipment of a previouscompetitor.(DoesnotapplyinSkierCross.)

6.8.2.2.4. Activitiesofthefirstaidservicewhichhinderthecompetitor.6.8.2.2.5. Absenceofagateknockeddownbyapreviouscompetitor,and

notpromptlyreplaced.(DoesnotapplyinSkierCross.)

6.8.2.2.6. Malfunction of the scoring system. Other similar incidents,whichbeyondthewillandcontrolofthecompetitor,causesignificantlossofspeedoraffectthecompetitor'sperformance.(DoesnotapplyinSkierCross.)

6.8.2.2.7. Competitorswho continue after an interferencewill lose therighttoclaimarerun.(DoesnotapplyinSkierCross.)

6.8.2.3. If the competitor's explanation appears credible, a re-run shall begrantedonconditionthatthereasonforitislaterconfirmedbytheJury.Ifthe competitor was already disqualified before the incident entitlinghim/hertore-run,there-runisnotvalid.IncasetheRefereeorotherJurymembersareunableto immediatelyquestiontheappropriateofficials tojudge the justification for the re-run, he/shemay, to avoiddelay for thecompetitor,grantaprovisionalre-run.Thisre-runwillbevalidonlyifitisconfirmedby the Jury.Theprovisionallyordefinitively approved re-runremainsvalidif itprovesslowerthanthefirst(original)run.Iftheclaimforre-runisshowntobeunjustified,thecompetitorisdisqualified.

6.8.2.4. Re-runsshouldnotbegivenlightly.Jurymembersshouldpayspecialattention of items in 7.02. After a competitor has already fallen orotherwisedelayedhis/herrunsignificantly,he/shemaynotexpectare-runforthelossofafewadditionalsecondsduetoatardyreplyofagatejudgeorsimilarminordelay.Asaguideline,verycarefulscrutinymustbeused whenever a re-run is requested after that competitor has alreadydelayedthemselvesthroughhis/hererror.

6.8.2.5. Start Time of theRerun. The competitormay start after he/she hasreportedtothestartreferee,atthestartreferee'sdiscretion.

6.8.3. HelmetsarerequiredforallFreeskievents.


88

6.8.3.1. HelmetsshallbespecificallydesignedandmanufacturedforuseinsnowsportsandshallbearaCEmarkandconformtorecognizedandappropriatestandardssuchasCEE1077orUS2040,ASTM2040.

6.8.3.2. Helmetconformitytotherulesmaybecheckedatanyevent,andthe lack of an approved helmet is grounds for refusal to allow acompetitortoparticipateinanevent.

6.8.3.3. Thehelmetmustbeattachedaspermanufacturer’sspecifications.6.8.3.4. No physical modifications or customizations to the helmet are

permitted(O.I.tickers,glitter,helmetcammountsetcarenotintendedasviolationsofthisclause).

6.8.3.5. Theuseofhelmetmountedcamerasisnotallowed.

RulesSpecificToSkiercross(SKX)6.9.6.9.1. ASkierCrossisacompetitionwhere,dependingonthenumberofathletesin

a race, cluster at the starting line together, and simultaneously ride down aslope studded with various obstacles. The first two to cross the finish linequalify for the next round of competition in this elimination format. Thenumberofridersperroundwillbedecidedatthecoachesmeeting.

6.9.2. Inspection/TrainingofTheCourse6.9.2.1. The Jury decides the method of inspection. The competitors are

allowedtoinspectthecoursebyslowlyslidingdownthroughoralongsidethe course. Inspection times are at the discretion of the race Jury butshouldbe aminimumof30minutes. Competitorsmust carry their startnumbersandweartheirhelmets.

6.9.2.2. Trainingtimesoropenrunningofthecourseisatthediscretionoftherace Jury but should be at least 30minutes to allow all competitors theopportunitytoridethroughthecourseaminimumofonetimebeforetheofficialstartofthecompetition.

6.9.2.3. The setting of the gates must be done before the official training.Minoradjustmentsinthesettingmaybenecessaryduringthetrainingtoadjust the course for a smooth race line. Any changes made duringtraining should be announced in the start area so all competitors andTeamCaptainsareawareofsuchchanges.

6.9.2.4. At least one official training run prior to the actual competition ismandatory–normallythetrainingrunsshouldbe1-2hoursinlengthandshouldbeheldthedaybeforetheactualeventtakesplace(undercertainmitigatingcircumstancestheJurymaydecideotherpossibilities).

6.9.3. ExecutionofSkierCross6.9.3.1. Formatsaredependentonthesizeofthefield,6ridersperheator4

ridersperheatorsuchothernumbersasdeterminedbytheJury.SkiCrosswill be run according to a single knockout format. A timed run the day


89

prior to the actual competition isused to seedorqualify riders into thefinal competition. EventOrganizer or Jurymayhave the option to use abestoneoutoftwotimedtrials.

6.9.3.2. Any team that has seededmore than 5 athletes for the competitionwill only be allowed to have their top 5 competitors advance to thebracketedrounds(SeeSnowboardRulesSection5.9.8).Athletesdisplacedbyateamwithmorethan5athletesinthetimetrialwillbeusedtofilltheremainingopenpositionsinthebracketedrounds.Allathletescompletingatimetrialandnotadvancingtothefinalsshallbereorderedaccordingtotheirtimetrialresultsandplacedoutbeginningthenextnumericalplacebeyondthoseinthebrackets.

6.9.3.3. Riders advance as determined by their place of finish in each heat.PlaceoffinishisdeterminedbythefirstpartofthebodyorSkithatcrossfinishline.Wheneverpossible,afinishlinecamera(videoorphotofinish)shouldbeavailable.Incaseofatieonlytheriderstiedforthefinalplaceofadvancementtothenextheatwillrunagaintodeterminewhoadvances.

6.9.3.4. All riders shall stop at Scoreboard in finish area to confirm theirplacementwiththeChiefofFinish.

6.9.3.5. RaceBibs:Maybe4-6differentcolorsineachheatornumberedbibswithnumbersonfront,backandsleevesforbettervisibilitybythecoursejudges.Coloredbibs,armbands,orhelmetcoversmayalsobeused.

6.9.3.6. Iftwoormorecompetitorsaretiedforthelastplacepositionleadinginto the finals, then a ski-off will be held between the two or morecompetitors, before the start of the SkierCross Final competition. ThecompetitorwhowinstherunwillqualifyandadvancetotheFinal.

6.9.4. TechnicalData6.9.4.1. Courses for all SkierCrossmust be aminimumof 130meters and a

maximumof250metersinverticaldrop.Averageslopeinclinationshouldbe15-18degrees.Thecourseshouldnotincludesectionswheregradientsexceedmorethan22degreesforlengthsof45metersormore.

6.9.4.2. GateDescription:ASkierCrossgateconsistsofone longslalompole,one stubby pole and one triangular banner. Consecutive gates mustalternate in color (except banana’s/delay gates). The slalom polesmustcarrytriangularbannersmatchingthecolorofthepole.

6.9.4.3. Triangularbannersmustbeused.Theturningpolemustbeastubbypole.ThetriangularbannersizemaybeeitherSlalomorGiantSlalom.ItisrecommendedtousetheGiantSlalomsizewheneverpossible.Triangularbannersmustbeplacedatthebottomofthegate.

6.9.4.4. The gatesmust be set so that the competitors can distinguish themclearlyandquicklyevenathighspeeds.Thebannerofagateshouldbesetatrightanglestothecompetitionline.Incertaincircumstancesridersmay


90

be required topassbetween twogatesof the samecolors (for example:corridors).

6.9.4.5. Generalcharacteristicsofthecourses.Theslopeshouldpreferablybeofamediumpitch(not flat/notsteep-ideally12-20degrees)withvariedterrain. The SkierCross slopemust be aminimum of 30mwide. Undercertainconditionsforshortsections(50morless)thecoursewidthmaybeaminimumof10m.

6.9.4.5.1. TheidealSkierCrossslopeallowsfortheconstructionofallorsome of the following terrain features: Banks (crescent shaped),DoubleBanks,Single,Double,orTripleJumps,OllieJumps,Rollsandwaves - (Single, double, triple, etc.), Staircase Jumps, Spines anddoublespines,Prostylejumps,Obeliskorpyramids,Tabletopjumps,andMediumorlongGStypeturns.

6.9.4.5.2. Other terrain features can be built but safety considerationsmust always be a priority. Gap jumps are not permitted under anycircumstances.

6.9.4.5.3. TheidealSkierCrosscourseshouldbetechnicallychallenging,consistingoffeaturessuitedtotheterrainlinkedbygatestocontrolspeedbuttestingthewidestvarietyofFreeskiingtechnique.

6.9.4.5.4. It is recommended that gates not be set in the absence of afeature.

6.9.4.6. Thefinishmustbenolessthan15meterswide.Inexceptionalcases,theT.D.canonlydecreasethisdistancefortechnicalreasonsorbecauseofthe terrain. The width of the finish is considered to be the distancebetweenthetwofinishpostsofbanners.

6.9.4.7. CoursePreparation:Thetrackshouldbeclosedtothepublicat least24 hours before the training. Terrain features and jumpsmust be builtwith sufficient timeso that the snowhasbeencompacted to insure thattheycanbeproperlymaintainedduringtrainingandcompetition.Theuseof artificial means is permitted (salt, water, etc.). In places where theriders may be in danger, protections (willy bags, mattresses, nets, etc.)mustbeinstalled.

6.9.5. CourseSetting6.9.5.1. Thesettingofthegatesmustbedonebeforetheofficialtrainingand

should incorporate the skillful use of the terrainwith the integration ofterrain features and jumps into the setting. Minor adjustments in thesettingmay be necessary during the training to adjust the course for asmoothraceline.AnychangesmadeduringtrainingshouldbeannouncedinthestartareasoallcompetitorsandTeamCaptainsareawareofsuchchanges.


91

6.9.5.2. The total number of terrain features and jumps should be at thediscretion of the course designer butwill incorporate asmany differentpossibilitiesasispractical.Blindjumpsorterrainfeatureswhereariderisunabletoseethelandingfromthetake-offshouldbeavoided.Thecourseshouldbedesignedsoastoseparatetheridersasquicklyaspossibleafterthestart(i.e.3-5rolls,mogulsorotherterrainfeaturesbetweenthestartand the first turn). These terrain features shouldbeplaced in a straightline from the start to the first turn. Minimum distance of the straightsection of the course between the start and the first turn should be 50meters.Thestartshouldberelativelyflat(12-14°).

6.9.6. SixRiderFormatQualifier#1:Toptwofinishersineachheatadvancetothenextround.QuarterFinal:4heatsof6.Top3ridersadvancetoSemi-Finals.

SemiFinal:2heatsof6.Top3ridersadvancetotheFinals.4-6fromeachheatadvancetoConsolations.ConsolationRound:1heatof6.Determinesfinalrank7-12.FinalRound:1heatof6.Determinesfinalrank1-6.


6.9.7. FourRiderFormatQualifier#1:Top2finisher(s)ineachheatadvancetothenextround.QuarterFinal:4heatsof4.Top2ridersadvancetoSemi-Finals.

SemiFinal:2 heats of 4. Top2 riders advance to the Finals. 3&4 fromeachheatadvancetoConsolations.

ConsolationRound:1heatof4.Determinesfinalrank5-8.FinalRound:1heatof4.Determinesfinalrank1-4.


6.9.8. SkierCrossPairingsPairingsforthebracketedfinalroundswillbeaccordingtothefollowing:Rankingfor8heats/4perheat(32)

Heat#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition


92

1 1 16 24 32

2 8 9 17 25

3 6 11 19 27

4 4 13 21 29

5 3 14 22 30

6 5 12 20 28

7 7 10 18 26

8 2 15 23 31

Heat

#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition

1 1 8 12 16

2 4 5 9 13

3 3 6 10 14

4 2 7 11 15

Heat

#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition

5thPosition

6thPosition

1 1 16 24 32 40 48

2 8 9 17 25 33 41

3 6 11 19 27 35 43

4 4 13 21 29 37 45

5 3 14 22 30 38 46

6 5 12 20 28 36 44

7 7 10 18 26 34 42

8 2 15 23 31 39 47

Heat

#

1stPosition

2ndPosition

3rdPosition

4thPosition

5thPosition

6thPosition

1 1 8 12 16 20 24

2 4 5 9 13 17 21


93

6.9.9. TheStart6.9.9.1. Thelanepositionisbasedoffqualifyingtime.Firstofthequalification

can chose their lane, the second fastest the next lane and so on in eachheat.Amissedstart isadisqualification. It istherider'sresponsibilitytoarriveatthestartintimetoCompete.

6.9.9.2. For each heat the competitors choose their lane in order of theirqualifyingtime.

6.9.9.3. Start lanes.Eachstartingposition is identifiedbyanumber.Lookingdownthecoursethepositionsaresetfromlefttoright.(Position1isveryleftlookingdown-Position4/6isveryrightlookingdown)

6.9.10. Contact.Intentionalcontactbypushing,pullingorothermeans,whichcausesanothercompetitortoslowdown,fallorexitthecourse,isnotallowedand is an automatic disqualification. Unavoidable "casual contact" may beacceptable.AllcontactinfractionswillbeatthediscretionofthecoursejudgesandraceJury.

6.9.11. Disqualifications/Protests

6.9.11.1. Disqualificationswillbeannouncedand/orpostedimmediatelyaftereachheatatadesignatedareaatthebottomandtopofthecourse.

6.9.11.2. All protestsmust be reported to the Chief of Finish before the nextheatbegins.Protestsafterthistimewillnotbeaccepted.Protestsneednotbe in writing but all other rules for protests will apply. The Jury willconsistoftheT.D.,RaceDirectororChiefofCompetitionandtheChiefofFinish. The protest fee must be paid before the conclusion of thecompetition.

6.9.11.3. GateJudges.Between4-8GateJudges(withradiosconnectedwiththefinish-referee) on a SkierCross is necessary. Theymust be familiarwiththerules(Inspection,Training,Gate-DQ´sandContactetc.).

6.9.12. Equipment6.9.12.1. Thicknessofskibootsole.Thedistancebetweentheskibootsoleand

the base of the heel including all hard and soft parts: Women/Men:Maximum43mm.

6.9.12.2. The maximum height (distance between the bottom of the runningsurfaceoftheskiandskibootsole)is50mm.

6.9.12.3. Helmets complying with 6.8.3 are required for all SkierCrosscompetitionsandofficialtraining.Fullfacehelmetsarerecommendedforall inspection, training, timed trialsandcompetition.Helmets.The

3 3 6 10 14 18 22

4 2 7 11 15 19 23


94

competitors are required to wear helmets. Full face helmets arerecommendedforallinspection,training,timedtrialsandcompetition.

6.9.12.4. SkiSuits.Skisuitsmustbetwopieces.Pantsandaseparatetop.Form-fittingLycra,speedordownhillsuitsarenotpermitted.Competitionsuitsmaynot beplasticized. Non-protrudingbodyprotection andpadding isrecommended.

6.9.12.5. Use of Headphones During Speed Events. Headphones shall not bepermittedwithintheracearenaforCrossevents,excludingstartcorral.

RulesSpecificToHalfpipe6.10.

6.10.1. TechnicalData6.10.1.1. TheHalfpipe isachannelconstructed in,orof thesnow.Thecourse

shouldbeasevenandashardaspossible.Theuseofartificialmeans ispermitted(salt,water,etc.)toaidincompaction.

6.10.1.2. RecommendedHalfpipeDimensions Minimum Recommended Maximum

Inclination 16degrees 18degrees 20degrees

Length 100m 110m 120m

Width 14m 15m 16m

WallHeight 3.5m 4m 4.5m

TransitionRadius 4m 5m 6m

6.10.1.3. ExactDimensions-Vertical0.3mat85degrees

-BottomFlat5monesnowcatwidth-DropinArea4m

-Bannerfencefromwall2m

-Outsidefencefrombanners1m6.10.2. CourseSetting

6.10.2.1. TheHalfpipecoursemustconformtospecifications.6.10.2.2. TheHalfpipecoursemustbe finishedandready for trainingat least

twohoursbeforethestartofcompetition.

6.10.2.3. The drop in area shall give the riders the opportunity to enter theHalfpipewithspeedandshallnotbeusedtoattemptamaneuver.

6.10.2.4. The lips (tops of eachwall) of theHalfpipemust be clearlymarkedwithcolor.

6.10.2.5. NofinishlineshouldbemarkedinaHalfpipe


95

6.10.3. CompetitorTraining

6.10.3.1. Competitorsarenotrequiredtotrain.6.10.3.2. Thereshallbenospecificstartorderduringtraining.6.10.3.3. Training timeswill be communicatedby the competition committee

duringtheteamcaptains'meeting.

6.10.4. TheStart


6.10.4.2. FirstRun:ForallHalfpipecompetition, the startorder isas follows:The start order for the group is created by random draw of allcompetitors,withthewomenstartingfirst.(SeeAlpineRulesSection3.3.3forRandomDrawProcedures.)

6.10.4.3. SecondRun: The start order for the second runwill be in the samestart order as the first.When inheats, this takesplace in the sameheatrightafterthelastridergoes.Ifthereisafinalinthecompetitionthenthefinalcompetitorswillstartinreverseorderfromtheirqualifyingscores.

6.10.4.4. Use of Heats in Halfpipe Competitions. Competitors can be run inheatsof20-30whenappropriatebreaksoccurintheformationofthestartlist. During breaks, they would be given a 30minute practice and thentaketheirtwoscoredruns.

6.10.4.5. Start Signal. After the starter has received acknowledgment for thenextcompetitorfromtheHeadJudge,thestarterwillgivethecommand,"Ready", "Go" to the competitor. The competitor may leave the start atanytimeafterthecommand.

6.10.5. Qualifications. Competition format will be clearly defined at theCaptains/Ridersmeetingbythejury.

6.10.6. Helmets complying with 6.8.3 are required for in Halfpipecompetitions and official training. Helmets. Helmets manufactured for skisports are required for all competitors in Halfpipe competition and officialtraining.

6.10.7. Judges’Stand6.10.7.1. The minimum size of the scaffolding area must be 8 meters by 2

meters.Thejudges'viewingareashouldbeconstructedtoprovideampleroomfortheappropriatenumberofjudgesandprovideroomforviewingandallproperamenitiesfortheoperationofthecompetition.




96

6.10.7.4. 6.10.8. JudgingandScoring

6.10.8.1. ScoringParameters6.10.8.1.1. OnlymaneuversperformedintheHalfpipewillbescored.6.10.8.1.2. Each judge shall use a ten point system. Judgeswill score by

onesandtenths;3.8,6.7,7.3etc.

6.10.8.1.3. Thescorecardshallbeused torecord thescoregivenby thejudge.

6.10.8.1.4. A memory board shall be used by each judge to make allnecessarynotationsdepictingeachcompetitor'srun.

6.10.8.1.5. IfacompetitorlandsoutoftheHalfpipe,theyhavetensecondstore-enterbeforetheyaredisqualified.

6.10.8.1.6. Eachcompetitor'sscoresmustbepostedaftereachrun.

6.10.8.2. JudgingFormat6.10.8.2.1. 3-6judgescanbeusedatUSCSAHalfpipeevents.6.10.8.2.2. When three judges are present there will be a total of 40

points.

6.10.8.2.2.1. Thejudgingdutiesareasfollows:

• One judge giving a separate score for standard airs androtation

• Onejudgeforamplitude

• OnejudgeforOI.

6.10.8.2.3. When four judges are present each judge will evaluate aspecific category, standard airs, rotations, amplitude, and overallimpressionforatotalof40points.

6.10.8.2.4. When five judges are present, three judgeswill evaluate andscore a specific category: standard airs, rotations, amplitude, andtherewillbetwooverallimpressionjudgesforatotalof50points.

6.10.8.2.5. When six judges are present, three judges will evaluate andscore a specific category: standard airs, rotations, amplitude, andtherewillbethreeoverallimpressionjudgesforatotalof60points.

6.10.8.3. JudgingCriteria.Thevalue foreachrunwillbebasedon the judges'evaluationofthefollowingcriteria.

6.10.8.3.1. StandardAirs:Theseincludeallairsortricksthatarelessthan360degrees.Thebasickindsofstandardairsallgroupedintooneofthe following: straight airs, air to fakie/fakie to forward, alley oopairs, straight switch stance airs, 180 hand plants and lip tricks less


97

than 360 degrees. In able to score a high variety, a rider shouldincludeamaneuverfromasmanysub-groupsaspossible.

Forexample,performingdifferentbacksideairswithgrabsshowsagoodvariety,but includingaswitchstanceair,analleyoopair,andan air to fakie, shows a much greater range of variety as well asincreasing the difficulty. Plus if the tricks are performed well, itincreasesyourscoreforexecution.

Thegrabshouldbesolidandsmooth,thelegsandbodymaneuveredinto theappropriateposition,and then thegrabreleased,all inonefluidmotion.Emphasis for judgingwillbe thevariety,difficulty,andexecutionoftricks in the category. Falls occurring during any attemptedmaneuverwithinthiscategoryshallbefactoredintothescore.

6.10.8.3.2. Rotations: These are allmaneuvers that include a rotation of360 degrees ormore. Rotations can be separated into sub-groupsincluding horizontal rotations (720 spin), vertical rotations (backflip),andhybrids(wetcat,inverted900).

Akeypoint:Agrabbed540 iscertainlybetter thana540withoutagrab. A higher score means doing maneuvers that are moredissimilar,suchas,a540,a720,aMcTwist,inverted7or9.Executionforrotationsmeanssmooth,precise,andundercontrolrotating.

Higher difficulty may be added by including stalling or off axiscombinationsandaddinganextrahalforfullrotation.


6.10.8.3.3. Amplitude:Measures theheightof themaneuvers.Amplitudeisdistancemeasuredfromthelipofthepipetotherider'scenterofmass.Theamplitudescoreisderivedfromthesumofallhits,dividedby the number of hits taken. The value of each hit is equal to thenumberof feetbetweenthe lipof thepipeand therider'scenterofmass (either above or below the lip) added to the point valueassignedtothelip.


98

The lipvalueshallbedeterminedbytheHeadJudgeandAmplitudeJudge based on observationsmade during practice. The purpose ofthis floating value is to ensure consistency in scoring levels amongthedifferent criteria and tohave a relative value for bothmenandwomencompetitors.

6.10.8.3.4. Overall Impression: The OI judge is looking at how a riderdesignshis/herruntoshowavarietyoftricksthatarewellexecutedanddifficult. If a rider is gettinghigh scores from the other judges,theywilldoequallyaswell inthiscriterion.AllphasesofeachtrickareevaluatedbytheOIjudges.

Thejudgeswillscoretherunbyevaluatingtherun'soverallprecisionincludingtheexecutionoftherunandtheroutineattempted.

Theoverallimpressionjudgeevaluatestheprecisenatureoftherunin relation to maneuvers attempted, both individually and as asequenceandlooksatline,theuseofthepipe,amplitudeinrelationtothetricksandoverallflowinthepipe.

Theoverallcompositionof therun is themost importantas theO.I.judge evaluates the sequences of tricks, the amount of risk in theroutineandtheprogressionofnewmaterialinthepipe.TheOverallImpressionjudgedoestakefallsintoconsideration.

6.10.9. Tie-breaking

6.10.9.1. Best of Two formats: If a tie exists, the riderwith the highest scorefromtheotherrunshallbedeclaredthewinner.

6.10.9.2. IfbothrunsaretiedthenacomparisonoftheOIjudgesshallbeused.ThecompetitorwiththehighestcombinedOIscoresfrombothrunsshallbedeclaredthewinner.

6.10.9.3. IfalltheOIjudgesaretiedtheamplitudescoreswillbecomparedforbothrunsandthehighesttotalshallbedeterminedthewinner.

RulesSpecifictoSlopestyle6.11.

6.11.1. CourseMeasurement6.11.1.1. Averageslopeinclinationshouldbe12degrees6.11.1.2. TheSlopestylecoursemustbeaminimumof30meterswide6.11.1.3. Course for all Slopestyle must be a minimum of 150 Meters and a

maximumof200Metersinverticaldrop.


99

6.11.1.4. Thecourseshouldnotincludesectionswheregradientsexceedmorethan20degreesforlengthsof50metersormore.

6.11.1.5. The slope should preferably be of moderate pitch, not flat and notsteepideally10to15degrees.

6.11.2. CourseDescription

6.11.2.1. ASlopestylecourseshall containavarietyofhits,with twoormorelinesthatthecompetitormaychoosetoperform.

6.11.2.2. ASlopestylecoursemusthaveaminimumofsixfeatures,notfavoringregularorgoofyfootriders,whichshallinclude,atleast2tabletopjumpsorfunboxes,2quarterpipes,andtwootherformsofterrainparkfeatureswhichcouldincludewaves,rails,spinesorotherapprovedfeatures.

6.11.2.3. The idealslopestyleallows for theconstructionofall the features tobe usedboth bymale and female competitors. All competitors shall runthesamecourseforofficialscoring.

6.11.2.4. Other terrain features can be built but safety considerations mustalwaysbeapriority.

6.11.2.5. The idealSlopestylecourseshouldbe technicallychallenging,withawidevarietyoffeaturesindiversecombinations.Thecoursemusthaveasmoothflowwithabalanceoffeatures,andallowtheriderstoset-upforthenextfeature.

6.11.3. CompetitorTraining.Trainingtimesoropenrunningofthecourseisat the discretion of the competition jury but depending on the size of fieldshouldbeat least30-60minutestoallowallcompetitorstheopportunitytoridethroughthecourseaminimumoftwotimesbeforetheofficialstartofthecompetition.

6.11.4. TheStart

6.11.4.1. Thestartorderwillbedeterminedbythecompetitionjuryandwillbeannounced at the Team Captains/Rider Meeting the night prior tocompetition.


6.11.5. Execution of Slopestyle Format. Competition format will be clearlydefinedattheCaptains/Ridersmeetingbythejury.

6.11.6. Equipment.

6.11.6.1. Helmets complying with 6.8.3 are required for all Slopestylecompetitions and official training. Helmets. Helmets manufactured forski sportsarerequired forall competitors inSlopestylecompetitionandofficialtraining.


100

6.11.6.2. LossofSkis.Ifacompetitorlosesaski,he/shemayfinishononeski.The competitor will be judged according to their performance. If thecompetitordoesnotcontinuetherunandfailstoputtheirskibackonina10secondtimelimit,theywillbejudgeduptothatpoint.Ifacompetitorlosesbothskis,theywillbejudgeduptothatpoint.IfacompetitorstopsintheSlopestyleformorethan10seconds,thecompetitorwillbescoreduptothatpoint.Thecompetitorshouldexitthepipeassoonaspossible.


6.11.7.1. The minimum size of the scaffolding area must be 8 meters by 2meters.

6.11.7.2. The judges' viewing area should be constructed to provide ampleroomfortheappropriatenumberofjudgesandprovideroomforviewingandallproperamenitiesfortheoperationofthecompetition.

6.11.7.3. Thejudgesstandneedstobeelevatedandcenteredalongthesideofthe course toview the complete slopestyle course. If this isnotpossiblethen two judgingstandsneed tobeconstructedas the judgingcrewwillneedtobesplituptoviewthecourse.



6.11.8. SlopestyleJudging

6.11.8.1. SlopestylejudgingshallbedoneusingOverallImpression.6.11.8.2. InSlopestyle, the run'soverallprecisionwillbeevaluated, including

theexecutionoftherunandthelineattempted.Theoverallcompositionoftheruniskey;thesequencesoftricks,the

6.11.8.3. amountofriskintheroutine,theprogressionofnewtricksandusingtheslopestylefeatures.

6.11.8.4. ThethreemainelementsintheSlopestylejudgingaretrickdifficulty,execution,andamplitudeforeachtrickintheslopestylerun.Fallsarepartofexecutionandwillbetakenintoconsiderationoneverytrick.

6.11.8.5. When two to four judges are judging Overall Impression, all scoreswillcount.beaveragedforthecompetitor’sscore.count.

6.11.8.6. WhenfivejudgesarejudgingOverallImpression,thehighestandthelowestscoreswillbethrownoutandthethreeremainingscoresmaymaywill be added together added together averaged for the competitor'sscore.

6.11.9. Scoring


101

6.11.9.1. TheHeadJudgewillannouncewhichscoringsystemwillbeusedforthecompetitionduringthefirstTeamCaptains'/Riders'meeting.

6.11.9.2. Overall Scoring System. The judges score each run based on theOverallImpressioncategory.Thescoreofeachjudgeisbetween0and10usingonedecimalor0and100.

6.11.9.3. RankingSystem.Thejudgeslookatalloftherunsandnotedownthetrick names, difficulty, amplitude and landing. According to theirimpressions andusing their notes, theywillmake apersonal rankingofthecompetitorsattheendoftheround.Pointswillbegivenaccordingtothecompetitor'splacement(1.Place=1point,2.Place=2points,a.s.o.)Todeterminethe finalranking, thepointsofall the judgesareaddedupandthewinneristheriderwiththelowestpoints.

CausesForDisqualification6.12.

6.12.1. Anindividualcompetitormaybedisqualifiedifhe/she:

6.12.1.1. Isnotqualifiedaccordingtoamateurruling.6.12.1.2. Participatesinthecompetitionunderfalsepretenses.6.12.1.3. Trains on a course closed to competitors, alters the course in a

mannerforbiddenoractscontrarytotheinstructionsoftheJuryastotheexecutionofthetrainingorthecompetition.

6.12.1.4. Appearslateatthestart,makesafalsestart,missesastart,orviolatestheregulationsforstarting.

6.12.1.5. Acceptsoutsidehelpinanyformduringthecompetition.Outsidehelpconsists of, but is not limited to, another person, course equipment andpolesthatmakeupthecourse.

6.12.1.6. Fails to give way to an overtaking competitor at the first call orinterfereswiththeirrun.(DoesnotapplyinSkierCross).

6.12.1.7. Failstopassthroughagatecorrectly.Agatehasbeenpassedcorrectlywhenboththecompetitor’sskitipsandbothfeethavepassedacrossthegateline.Ifacompetitorlosesaskiwithoutcommittingafault,e.g.notbystraddling a pole, then the top of the remaining ski and both feetmusthavepassedthegateline.Incaseofafall,theridermustpassthroughtheturningline.Acompetitorwhoknowinglyhasnotcorrectedamissedgatemaynot continue through furthergates for a start in the second run,oradvanceintheSkierCross.

6.12.1.8. Losesaskimorethantwogatesabovethefinish.6.12.1.9. In the event that a competitor removes a pole from its vertical

position before the competitor's ski tips and both feet have passed thegateline,theskitipsandfeetmuststillpasstheoriginalgateline(marksin thesnow). This isalsovalid in thecaseofamissing turningpole (orgate).


102

6.12.1.10. Does not wear the official start number (bibs) or alters it in aprohibitedmanner.

6.12.1.11. Doesnotcomplywiththesafetyregulations.6.12.1.12. Doesnotcomplywiththeregulationsforsponsorshipandequipment

(SeeFreeskiRulesSection6.9.4.)

6.12.1.13. Interruptsordisturbsanothercompetitorduringhis/herrun.6.12.1.14. Unsportsmanlikeconduct-swearing,maliciouslyknockingdowngates

ortearingupthecourse.

6.12.1.15. ContactinSkierCross.Intentionalcontactbypushing,pullingorothermeans, which causes another competitor to slow down, fall or exit thecourse is not allowed and is an automatic disqualification. Unavoidable”casual contact”maybe acceptable.All contact infractionswill be at thediscretionofthecoursejudgesandracejury.

OrganizingCommitteeAndItsDuties6.13.

6.13.1. If the organizing club or association does not act as organizingcommittee it will designate an organizing committee. The organizingcommitteewillappointacompetitioncommitteeforall technicalmattersandmake the necessary preparations and directly carry out the running of thecompetitionattheresort.

6.13.2. The organizing committeemust assume all responsibility to ensurethat thedetails involved inhostingcompetitionsareproperlycontrolled.Theimportance of efficient communication with all individuals and participatingteamsisessentialtoawell-plannedcompetition.

6.13.3. The organizing committee should provide an announcement thatprovidestoallparticipantsandguestsmaterialsonaccommodationandtraveldetails.

6.13.4. The Organizing Committee is responsible for providing results toindividuals participating in the competition immediately following thecompetition.

CompetitionCommittee,CompetitionOfficialsAndTheirDuties6.14.

6.14.1. TheCompetitionCommitteeiscomposedofthefollowing:

• TheChiefofCompetition

• TheChiefofCourse

• TheChiefofTimingandCalculation

• TheChiefGateJudge(giantslalom)HeadJudge(SkierCross)

• ChiefofFinishforSkierCross)

• TheCompetitionSecretary


103

6.14.2. The Competition Committee appoints all additional Officials notalreadydesignated.

6.14.3. The Competition Committee is responsible for all technicalmatters,includingtheselectionandpreparationofthecourses.

6.14.4. TheChiefofCompetitiondirectsandcontrolstheworkofallOfficials,summons the meetings of the Competition Committee for consideration oftechnical questions and generally acts as chairperson of the team officersmeetings,afterconsultationwiththeTechnicalDelegate(TD).

6.14.5. The Chief of Timing and Calculation is responsible for thecoordinationofofficialsatthestartandfinish,includingtimingandcalculation.Ingiantslalom,he/sheoraspecialassistantwilldecide the intervalbetweenstarts. The following officials are under his/her direction: Starter, AssistantStarter, Start Recorder, Chief Time Keeper, Assistant Time Keepers, FinishController,ChiefofCalculationandhis/herassistants.

6.14.6. TheChiefofCourse isresponsibleforthepreparationsofthecourseinaccordancewith thedecisionsof theCompetitionCommitteeand the Jury.He/shemustbefamiliarwithlocalsnowconditionsontheterrainconcerned.

6.14.7. TheCourseSetter,whomayalsoactasChiefofCourse,isresponsibleforthesettingofgatesfortheSkierCrosscourse.CoursesettersareappointedbytheJury.He/shemustgiveexclusiveprioritytothesafetyofthecompetitor.Whereespeciallybadweatherandsnowconditionswarrant,theJurymaytakemeasurestosafeguardthecompetitors.TheCourseSetter’sworkisotherwisesupervisedbytheChiefofCourseandbytheJury.

6.14.8. TheChiefGateJudge(SkierCross)organizesandsupervisestheworkofthegatejudges.He/Shedesignatesthegateseachwillsuperviseandplacesthem in position. At the end of the Time Trials runs and at the end of thecompetition, he/shewill collect the gate judges' control cards for delivery totheReferee.He/Shemustdistribute,ingoodtimetoeachgatejudge,necessarymaterials (control card, pencil, start list, etc.) and be prepared to offerassistanceduringtheevent.e.g.,keepingthespectatorsoffthecourse,helpingmaintain the course, etc. He/She must make sure the numbering and themarkingofthegatesisdonewithintherequiredtime.

6.14.9. TheHeadJudgeorganizesandsupervisesthefreestylejudges.He/Shedesignatesthecategoryeachjudgewillevaluateandsupervisestheirconductonthejudges'stand.Attheendofthefirstrun,theHeadJudgewillcollectallthescorecardsanddeliverthemtotheChiefofCalculation.He/Shewillchecktomakesureeachjudge'sscoresareinrangewiththeothers.He/Shewillofferassistance to the judgeswhen necessary to keep spectators and competitorsawayfromthejudges'stand.

6.14.10. GateJudges’ObligationsandDuties

6.14.10.1. Gate judges observe the passage of competitors through the gates.Eachgatejudgemusthaveathoroughknowledgeofthecompetitionrules.


104

Thegatejudge'sdecisionmustbeclearandnonpartisan.His/Herconductmust be calm, watchful and prudent. In case of a doubt, the gate judgeshould give the competitor the benefit of doubt. The gate judge mustdeclare a fault only when he/she is convinced that a fault has beencommitted.

6.14.10.2. In case of a protest, he/she must be able to explain clearly anddefinitivelyhowthefaultwascommitted.

6.14.10.3. Ifthegatejudgeisindoubtwhetherafaulthasoccurred,he/shemustmakeacarefulinvestigation.He/Shecanconsulttheadjacentgatejudgeinordertoconfirmhis/hernotes.He/Shecanevendemand,viaamemberofthe Jury, that the race be briefly interrupted so he/she may check thetracksonthecourse.

6.14.10.4. The opinions of the public cannot be allowed to influence the gatejudges'judgment.Likewise,theymaynotaccepttheopinionsofwitnesses,eventhoughtheymaybeexperiencedones.

6.14.10.5. The responsibility of the gate judge begins with the competitorapproachingthefirstgatetheycontrolandendswhenthecompetitorhaspassedthroughthelastgateundertheirjurisdiction.

6.14.10.6. ResponsibilitytotheCompetitor:Acompetitor,incaseofanerrororafall, can turn to thegate judgeandquestionhimorher.Thegate judgemust inform the competitor if he/she has committed a fault thatwouldlead to disqualification. With a clear, decisive voice, the gate judgeanswersthecompetitor'squestionwithoneofthefollowingwords:-"Go!"if the competitor should expect no disqualification, since the gate judgehas ruled the gate passage as correct; -"Back!" if the competitor mayexpect disqualification. The competitor is fully responsible for his/heractionand,inthisrespect,cannotholdthegatejudgeliable.

6.14.10.7. Inaccordancewith the instructionsgivenby the Jury, theChiefGateJudge(orassistantgatejudge)collectsallthegatecards,andthenpassesthemon to theReferee.At theconclusionof the first run, theChiefGateJudgedistributesthegatecardsforthesecondrun.

6.14.10.8. Each gate judge who has recorded a disqualifying fault or who hasbeenwitness to an incident leading to a rerunmustbe available to theJuryuntilafterthesettlementofanyprotests.ItistheresponsibilityoftheT.D.todismissagatejudgewhoiswaitingtobecalledbytheJury.

6.14.10.9. Otherduties:Replacegatepolesvertically (a leaningpolecanaidorhinderacompetitor).Replaceknockedoutpoles intheirexactpositions;thepositionismarkedbythedyeinthesnow.Replace,ifpossible,tornormissing flags or banners. Replace broken gate poles according to color(blueorred);thepiecesofbrokenpolesmustbestoredinawaythatwillnotendangercompetitorsorspectators.Maintainandrepairtheirsectionofthecourse.Keepthecourseclear.


105

6.14.10.10. InthecaseofSkierCrossallGateJudgesmustbeequippedwithradios to ensure communication to the chief of finish during the wholecompetition.

6.14.11. ChiefofFinish–SkierCross.Thechiefof finish isresponsible for theorganizationand supervisionof the finish line Judges.The chiefof finishwillacceptprotests in the finish area.The chief of finishmust report all protestsimmediatelytotheotherJurymembersimmediately.

6.14.12. JudgingProcedure-SkierCross

6.14.12.1. Each judgewillusescorecards,which indicatewhothe judge is,andthebibnumberofthecompetitor.Allscorecardswill indicateaplaceforeachcompetitorineachraceorheat.

6.14.12.2. No competitor or spectator will be allowed to approach the judgesareaandtalktothejudgesduringcompetition.

6.14.12.3. JudgesforSkierCrossmustdeterminetheorderoffinishforeachraceorheatandcommunicatethefinishorderdirectlytothechiefoffinish.

6.14.12.4. ForSkierCrosstheremustbeaminimumoffourjudges.6.14.12.5. TheCompetitionSecretary is responsible forall secretarialwork for

thetechnicalaspectsofthecompetitionandamongothersforpreparationofthedrawandthestartorder.TheSecretarymustensurethattheofficialresults contain the information required by the organizing CompetitionCommittee. He/she is responsible for the minutes of the CompetitionCommittee,Jury,andteamofficersmeetings.He/shemustensurethatallformsforstart,finish,timing,calculationandgatejudgingandjudgingarewell prepared andhanded over to the officials concerned in good orderand at the proper time. The Secretary receives any official protests andgives them to those who are concerned. He/she must facilitate thecalculationofresultsbyappropriatepreparation,andensurethattheyareduplicatedandpublishedasquicklyaspossibleafterthecompletionofthecompetition.

CompositionandDutiesoftheCompetitionJury6.15.

6.15.1. CompositionoftheHalfpipe&SlopestyleJuryTechnicalDelegate

ChiefofCompetitionCompetitionReferee

HeadJudge

6.15.2. CompositionoftheSkierCrossJuryTechnicalDelegate

ChiefofCompetition


106

CompetitionReferee

HeadJudgeChiefofFinish

6.15.3. The Technical Delegate and Head Judge are appointed by theorganizing committee. The Referee is selected by the Technical Delegate. AcompetitormaynotbeamemberoftheJury.

6.15.4. Voting: The Technical Delegate is chairman of the Jury. He/SheconductstheJurymeetings.EachofthefollowingmembershasonevoteintheJury:

• T.D.

• ChiefofCompetition

• Refereeand/orChiefofFinish

6.15.5. Decisionsaremadebysimplemajorityvoteofmemberspresentandvoting.Inthecaseofatie,theT.D.caststhedecidingvote.

6.15.6. DutiesoftheJury

6.15.6.1. The Jurymonitors the adherence to the rules throughout the entirecompetition,includingtheofficialtraining.

6.15.6.2. Froma technicalstandpointparticularlyby:checking thesetcourse,checking the snow conditions on and beside the course, checking thepreparation of the course, approving the use of snow compactors andother chemicals, checking the crowdcontrol systems, checking the start,thefinishandthefinishoutrun,checkingthefirstaidservice,appointingthecoursesetters,settingthetimeofcoursesetting,overseeingtheworkofthecoursesetters,checkingthefasteningofthegateflags,astotheriskof injury, opening or closing the competition courses for training inconsideration of the technical preparations and the prevailing weatherconditions,determiningthemannerofcourseinspection,inspectionofthecoursebeforethecompetition,determiningthenumberofforerunnersforeach run and setting the start order of the forerunners, debriefing theforerunners, changing the start order in consideration of courseconditions,inextraordinaryconditions,changingthestartintervals,givinginstructions toandobtaining information fromthegate judges, checkingthejudgesstandandthejudgesworkingconditions.

6.15.6.3. QuestionsnotcoveredbyRules:Ingeneral,theJurytakesdecisionsonallquestionsnotclarifiedbytherules.

6.15.7. TheTechnicalDelegate(T.D.)

6.15.7.1. Responsibilities.TheprimarydutiesoftheT.D.aretomakesurethattherulesanddirectionsofsnowboardarefollowed,toseetheeventrunssmoothly,toadvisetheorganizers,withinthescopeoftheirduties.


107

6.15.7.1.1. Beforethecompetition,theT.D.:

• inspects the competition and training courses and checksonthesafetymeasurestaken.

• controls the fasteningof the gate flagswhichmay constituteanyriskofinjurytothecompetitor.

• collaboratesintheadministrativeandtechnicalpreparations.

• checksonthepresenceofsufficientradiosforallmembersofthe Jury.checks courseswith regard topreparation,marking,crowdcontrol,aswellasthelayoutofstartandfinishareas.

• supervisesthecoursesettingtogetherwiththeJury.

• checks the location of towers and sees they are adequatelyprotected.

• checks all technical installations such as timekeeping, handtiming,communications,judgesstand,transportofpeople,etc.

• takespartinallmeetingsoftheJuryandoftheteamcaptains.

• workscloselywiththeofficialsoftheOrganizingCommittee.

• hastheright,ifaneventcannotbecarriedoutontheselectedcourse because of "force majeure", to move the event to asubstitute course proposed by the organizer. This, on theexplicit condition that the necessary safetymeasures can befulfilled.

6.15.7.1.2. Duringthecompetition,theT.D.:

• keeps watch on whether the valid rules and directives areobeyed in regard to advertising, etc., on clothing and raceequipment.

• keeps watch on the technical and organizational conduct oftheevent.

• punishesbreachesoftherules.6.15.7.1.3. Afterthecompetition,theT.D.

• helps with the compilation of the Referee's disqualificationreport.

• presentsproperlysubmittedproteststotheJuryfordecision.6.15.8. Referees(alpineevents)

6.15.8.1. TheteamcaptainsappointtheRefereeandassistantreferee.6.15.8.2. Incriticalcases,especiallythoseinvolvingdangertothecompetitors,

the directions of the T.D. are also binding for the Referee and assistant


108

referee. In particular, prerequisites should be established by the T.D.togetherwiththereferees,toensurethebestpossibletechnicalrunningofacompetition.

6.15.8.3. DutiesoftheRefereeandAssistantReferee:• Drawingstartnumbers,ifnecessary.

• Inspection of the course immediately after it is set, alone oraccompaniedbymembersoftheJury.

• Changing the course by removing or adding gates; if the Refereeinspectsthecoursealone,hisdecisionisfinal.Thecoursesettermustbeinformedofsuchchanges,ifhe/shewasnotpresentatthisinspection.

• Receiving the reports of the start and finish referees and thecompetition officials about the infractions of the rules and the gatefaultsattheendofthefirstrun,andagainattheendofthecompetition.

• Checking,signingandpostingtheReferee'sminutes, immediatelyaftereachrun,ontheofficialnoticeboardandalsoatthefinish.Theminutesshould include the names of the competitors disqualified, the gatenumberswhere the faultsoccurred, thenamesof thegate judgeswhonoted the faults leading to thedisqualificationsand theexact time thedisqualificationswereposted.

6.15.8.4. Collaboration with the T.D. The Referee and the assistant refereemustworkverycloselywiththeT.D.TheassistantrefereecansubstitutefortheReferee,ifnecessary.

6.15.8.5. StartReferee. Thestartrefereemustremainatthestartthroughouttraining and competition. He/Shemustmake sure the rules for startingandthestartorderareproperlyobserved.

• He/Shedetermineslateandfalsestarts.

• He/Shedetermines theviolationsagainst therules forequipmentandimmediatelytakesthemeasuresprovidedforbytherules.

• At the end of the competition, he/she reports to the Referee thenamesofthecompetitorswhodidnotstart,havemadefalseorlatestartsorotherinfringements.

6.15.8.6. Finish Referee. The finish referee must remain at the finishthroughouttrainingandcompetition.He/Shemustmakesurethatandtherulesforfinishingareproperlyobserved.

• He/Shesupervises the finishcontroller, the timingand thecrowdcontrolinthefinisharea.

• He/Shemustbeable tocommunicate, immediately,withthestartatalltime.


109

• ThefinishrefereemustreporttotheRefereeimmediatelyafterthecompetition.

6.15.9. StartandFinishOfficials

6.15.9.1. TheStarter.ForSkierCrossevents,thestartermusthaveradiocontactwith the Head Judge during training and competition. The starter isresponsible forthewarningsignalandthestartcommand,aswellas forthe accuracy of the intervals between these signals. He/She assigns thesupervisionofthecompetitorstotheassistantstarter.

6.15.9.2. ChiefTimekeeper (SkierCrossTimeTrials). TheChiefTimekeeper isresponsible for the accuracy of the timing. He/She synchronizes thewatcheswiththestarterasshortlybeforeandafterthecompetitionasispossible.He/Shemustpublishunofficialtimesasquicklyaspossible(onthe scoreboard). If the electronic timing fails, the chief timekeepermustcommunicateimmediatelywiththestartrefereeandtheT.D.

6.15.9.3. Finish Controller / Chief of Finish (SkierCross) The finish controllerhasthefollowingduties:

• Supervisionofthefinish.

• Supervisionofthepropercrossingofthefinishline.

• Recordingthefinishingorderofallcompetitorswhocompletethecourse.


110

SECTION7–SCORINGRULES7.0

FourEventScoring7.1.7.1.1. Team scoring for the “President’s Award” for 4-way performance is

accomplished by using the point by place scoring system for slalom, giantslalomand inEvenYears; the IndividualClassicalraceandtheRelay(FR,FR,FR),inOddYears;theIndividualFreestylefaceandtheRelay(CL,CL,CL.)ForscoringtheNordicrelay,seeSection7.2below.Toobtainthefour-eventtotal,addthepointsforeachoftheeventsasindicated.

7.1.2. DefinitionofPointbyPlaceScoring(FourWayPoints)7.1.2.1. Teamfinishplacesaredeterminedbythesumofplacementpointsof

three (3) best individual teammembers. Five (5) racers per team counttowardscoring.(InNordiceventswheremorethanfive(5)athletesmaybeentered,racersfinishing6th,7th,8th,etc.foreachteamdonotscoreordisplacepointsforteamscoring).Scoringwillbeassessedasfollows:

1stPlace–OnePoint2ndPlace–TwoPoints

3rdPlace–ThreePoints,etc.7.1.2.2. Whenat least three teammembers fail to finish, theFourWayteam

scoringprocedureistousethetotalfinishnumberplusoneasthepointsscoredbyeachnon-finishingteammember.

7.1.3. Fourwaypointsarenottobeawarded(ordisplaced)bytheindividualswhoarenotdesignatedasmembersofteamsenteredinthecompetition

7.1.3.1. Ifbib#10finishes5thintheresults,he/shewillreceivefive(5)placepoints for the individual team event. However, if he/she is 1st in theresults as a 4-way invitational competitor, one (1) place point will beawardedtowardshis/herteamscoreforthe4-wayinvitationalevent.

7.1.3.2. Ateammustenteratleastthreeracersinordertoscoreasateam.

7.1.3.3. Nordic teamsnot in the 4-Way Invitational Event shall be displacedfromthisscoring.

7.1.4. TieBreaking7.1.4.1. Tiebreakingistobeusedonlyforthefirstthreeteamsplacing.Ifatie

exists for places beyond third, they will remain as ties. Tie breaking isaccomplished by adding up the percent back of each of the four events,wherepercentagebackisdeterminedbythefollowingformula:

(Sum of the team’s times)-(Sum of the winning team’s times) / (Sum ofwinningteam’stimes)


111

Wherethelowesttotalofthefourpercentagebackswins.

NordicScoring7.2.7.2.1. If an institution enters more than five (5) racers, the team captain/coach

mustdesignatethefive(5)competitorstobeconsidered“counters”forscoringprocedures.

7.2.2. Team scoring for the Nordic championship is accomplished by addingtogethertheteamscoresoftheindividualclassical,freestyleandsprintevents,andtheNordicrelayrace.NordicscoringisbythePointbyPlacesystem.(SeeSection7.1.2).Nordicrelayteamscoringisasfollows:

6points-FirstPlaceTeam15points-SecondPlaceTeam

24points-ThirdPlaceTeamThe points are to be increased by nine (9) for each team on through theremainingrelayresults.

7.2.3. TodeterminetheIndividualNordicCombinedAward,totalplacepointswillbeutilized for the individualclassical, freestyleandsprintevents. (IndividualWorldCupPointswillbeusedtobreakatie.Ifatiestillexists,itremainsatie).

7.2.4. TieBreaking7.2.4.1. Team: The sum of each team’s “Place Points” for the (3) best

individualteammembersisusedtodetermineteamrankingforeachrace.If the teampoints result in a tie then theby the lowestplaceof the4thplace athlete from each of the teamswill determine the rank. If a teamdoesnothavefourathletesfinishtheracethenthelowesttotaltimeofthethreescoringathleteswillbeused.

AlpineScoring7.3.7.3.1. Thealpineracesshallbescoredusingaggregations.7.3.2. Teampositionsinalpineracesshallbedeterminedbythesumofthetimesof

thefastestthreeracersfromeachteam.7.3.3. Shouldateamnotfinishthreeracers,110%oftheslowesttimeusedbyany

teaminthecompetitionshallbethedummyalpinescore.

7.3.4. In each alpine race, one point shall be awarded to the winning team, twopoints forsecond,etc., that ispointsareawardedaccordingtonumeric finish(finishpoints).

7.3.5. The alpine championship is determined by adding team finish points inslalomtothatofgiantslalomwiththelowtotalbeingthewinner.

7.3.6. TodeterminetheIndividualAlpineCombinedAward,totalUSSAracepointswillbeutilizedfortheslalomandgiantslalomevents,withthelowtotalbeingthe winner. Ties shall be broken by using the current world cup system of


112

scoringthetop30.ShouldatieexistinthesumofWCpoints,thesumoffinishplacesshallbetakentobreakthetie.7.3.6.1. Racers that do not start, are disqualified or DNF will receive place

pointsequaltototal finishers+1.Shouldatiestillexist, thesumofracepoints for the competitors shall be taken as a tiebreaker. In case of twogoldmedalistswithonlyonesinglefinish,bothwillbeinvited.

7.3.7. TieBreaker:Thesumofeachteam’s“PlacePoints”forthe(3)bestindividualteammembersareusedtobreakateamtie.Scoringof“PlacePoints”willbeasfollows:1stPlace-onepoint,2ndPlace-twopoints,3rdPlace-threepoints,etc.Whenat least three teammembers fail to finish, thesumofeach team’s“PlacePoints”,istousethetotalfinishnumberplusoneasthepointsscoredbyeachnon-finishingteammember.Individualsand4-wayinvitationalteamsdonotdisplacepointsfortheAlpineonlyevent.These“PlacePoints”shallbeusedtobreakties.Shouldatieoccurusingfinishpoints,fractionalpoints(0.5)shallbeaddedtotheteamwiththegreatestnumberof“PlacePoints”.ForRegionalandNationalevents,ifatieisnotbrokenwithplacepoints,thenextstepistouseUSSAcalculationandracepoints (the“ f “ factor),not thepenaltypoints.Conferences may still use cumulative times for this decision at conferenceevents.

SnowboardScoring7.4.7.4.1. If an institution enters more than five (5) riders into any Snowboard

competition, the team captain/coachmust designate the five (5) riders to bescored for team scoring procedures during the seeding process. UnlessapprovedbytheJury,aTeammaynotseedmorethanfive(5)athletes inanycompetition.7.4.1.1. Whenapprovedformorethanfive(5)ridersperTeam,ifaTeam

entersmorethanfive(5)ridersintoanySnowboardcompetition,theteamcaptain/coachmustdesignatethefive(5)riderstobescoredforteam scoring procedures during the seeding process and only thedesignatedfive(5)ridersshallcounttowardstheTeamScore.

7.4.2. AlpineEvents(SL,GS,P-SL,P-GS)7.4.2.1. Thealpineracesshallbescoredusingaggregationsorplacebypoints

ifqualifyingrounddualcompetitions.7.4.2.2. Teampositionsinalpineracesshallbedeterminedbythesumofthe

timesofthefastestthreeracersfromeachteam.

7.4.2.3. Shouldateamnotfinishthreeracers110%oftheslowesttimeusedbyany team in thecompetitionshallbe thedummyalpine score. (Ifnotusingaggregatetimes,seeSection7.4.2.2)

7.4.3. FreestyleEvents(SnowboardCross,Halfpipe,RailJamandSlopestyle)7.4.3.1. Teampositionsinsnowboardcrossshallbedeterminedbythesumof

theplacesofthebestthreecompetitorsfromeachteam.


113

7.4.3.2. When at least three team members fail to finish, the scoringprocedureistousethetotalfinishnumberplusoneasthepointsscoredbyeachnon-finishingteammember.

7.4.3.3. Forteamscoring:breakingtiesfor9thondown,runmoreconsolationrounds to determine a place for everyone. Team score ties shall bebrokenforthetopten(10)placesonly.Tiesbeyondtenth(10th)shallremainties.Anytieinthetopten(10)placeswhichcannotbebrokenusingindividualtiebreakingrulesforeachevent,shallremaintied.

7.4.4. TeamScoring7.4.4.1. Ineachteamevent,yourtop3competitorscombineforateamtime

or team score. The team with the lowest time (alpine events) or score(freestyle)isthewinner

7.4.4.2. FortheTeamCombined,youaddtheteamsplaceineachoftheeventsfora teamscore.The teamwith the lowestscorewins. (Individualplacepoints break the tie. If the score is still a tie, it remains a tie.) For theSnowboard TeamOverall Combined, the Team’s place in each of theevents are summed for an Overall Team Score. The Team with thelowestTeamScorewins.

7.4.4.2.1. IfaTeamfailstofinishanyathletesinanevent,thescoringprocedure shall be to use the total number of finishing teamplacesplusoneforeachnon-finishingTeam.

7.4.4.2.2. Tie breaking is to be used only for the first three (3)SnowboardTeamOverallCombinedplaces.Iftiesexistforplacesbeyondthird,theywillremainasties.

7.4.4.2.3. Tiebreakingshallbedonebysummingusingtheindividualplacepointsof the competitorsused in theTeamScore foreachevent in the Overall Competition (not World Cup Points). Thelower/lowest place point sum shall earn the lower overallplace/rank. If the scores are still tied after tie-breaking in thismanner,thetieshallremain.

7.4.4.3. If 2 ormore Alpine Events are offered as indicated in Section 7.4.2above,combinedawardsshallbeissuedasfollows:

• SnowboardAlpineAwards to teamsbasedoncombinedscoresoftheseofferedevents:SL,GS,P-SL,P-GS,Cross.

• SnowboardFreestyleAwards to teamsbasedoncombinedscoresoftheseofferedevents:Slopestyle,RailJam,Halfpipe,Cross

7.4.5. IndividualScoring7.4.5.1. The IndividualCombined is scoredbyusing the sumofPlacePoints

forallevents.(IndividualWorldCupPointswillbeusedtobreakatie.Ifatie still exists, it remains a tie.) For the Snowboard Individual Overall


114

Combined, the Individuals in each of the events are summed for anIndividual Overall Score. The competitor with the lowest IndividualOverallScorewins.

7.4.5.1.1. Tie breaking shall use World Cup Points between tiedcompetitors; lower/lowestWorldCupPoint value shall earn thelowerrank.IfthetiestillexistsafteruseofWorldCupPoints,thetieshallremain.

7.4.5.1.2. Tie-breaking is to be used only for the first fifteen (15)places.Iftiesexistforplacesbeyondfifteenth(15th),thetiesshallremain.

7.4.5.2. If 2 ormore Alpine Events are offered as indicated in Section 7.4.2above,combinedawardsshallbeissuedasfollows:

• Snowboard Alpine Awards to individuals based on combinedscoresoftheseofferedevents:SL,GS,P-SL,P-GS,Cross.

• Snowboard Freestyle Awards to individuals based on combinedscoresoftheseofferedevents:Slopestyle,RailJam,Halfpipe,Cross.

FreeskiScoring7.5.

7.5.1. Ifaninstitutionentersmorethanfive(5)ridersintoanyFreeskicompetition,theteamcaptain/coachmustdesignatethefive(5)riderstobescoredforteamscoringproceduresduringtheseedingprocess.UnlessapprovedbytheJury,aTeammaynotseedmorethanfive(5)athletesinanycompetition.7.5.1.1. Whenapprovedformorethanfive(5)ridersperTeam,ifaTeam

entersmorethan five(5)riders intoanySnowboardcompetitiontheteamcaptain/coachmustdesignatethefive(5)riderstobescoredforteam scoring procedures during the seeding process and only thedesignatedfive(5)ridersshallcounttowardstheTeamScore.

7.5.2. SkierCross,Half-pipe,RailJamandSlopestyle7.5.2.1. Teampositions inSkierCrossshallbedeterminedbythesumofthe

placesofthebestthreecompetitorsfromeachteam.7.5.2.2. When at least three team members fail to finish, the scoring

procedureistousethetotalfinishnumberplusoneasthepointsscoredbyeachnon-finishingteammember.

7.5.2.3. Forteamscoring:breakingtiesfor9thondown,runmoreconsolationrounds to determine a place for everyone. Team score ties shall bebrokenforthetopten(10)placesonly.Tiesbeyondtenth(10th)shallremainties.Anytieinthetopten(10)placeswhichcannotbebrokenusingindividualtiebreakingrulesforeachevent,shallremaintied.

7.5.3. TeamScoring


115

7.5.3.1. Ineachteamevent,yourtop3competitorscombineforateamscore.Theteamwiththesumofthelowestplacepointscoresisthewinner.

7.5.3.2. FortheCombined,youaddtheteam’splaceineachoftheeventsforateamscore.Theteamwiththelowestscorewins.(Individualplacepointsbreak the tie. If the score is still a tie, it remains a tie.) For the FreeskiTeamOverallCombined,theTeam’sadjustedplace(SeeSection7.5.3.3)ineachoftheeventsaresummedforanOverallTeamScore.TheTeamwiththelowestTeamScorewins.

7.5.3.2.1. If an eligible Team (See Section 7.5.3.3) fails to finish anyathletesinanevent,thescoringprocedureshallbetousethetotalnumber of finishing teamplaces plus one for eachnon-finishingTeam.

7.5.3.2.2. Tiebreakingistobeusedonlyforthefirstthree(3)FreeskiTeam Overall Combined places. If ties exist for Team OverallCombinedplacesbeyondthirdplace,thetiesshallremain.

7.5.3.2.3. Tiebreakingshallbedonebysummingusingtheindividualplacepointsof the competitorsused in theTeamScore foreachevent in the Overall Competition (not World Cup Points). Thelower/lowest place point sum shall earn the lower overallplace/rank. If the scores are still tied after tie-breaking in thismanner,thetieshallremain.

7.5.3.3. Team Combined Participation Requirement. At least one individualathlete from a teammust start in exactly or at least 50%of the offeredeventsofacompetitioninorderfortheteamtobeeligiblefortheoverallcombinedresults. If the teamdoesnotmeet theabovecriteria, the teamwillbeexcludedfromtheoverallcombinedresults. Theteamawardsofeach eventwhere a team fields at least one athletewill not be affected.Place points for each event of the team combined will be adjusted toincludeonlytheteamswhomeettheabovecriteria.

(O.I:Iftheindividualcompetitionhad5athletes,placing1,2,3,4,and5,andathlete 1 and 4 were not eligible to be included the individual combined,thenathlete2wouldmoveintothe1stplaceposition,athlete3wouldmoveinto the 2nd place position, and athlete 5 wouldmove into the 3rd placeposition.Thissameadjustmentprocesswilltakeplaceintheteamcombinedcalculation.)

(O.I: If the competition had 5 athletes/teams, placing 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5,(withghostscoreof6),andathlete/team1and4werenoteligibletobeincluded the combined, then athlete/team 2 would move into the 1stplaceposition,athlete/team3wouldmove into the2ndplaceposition,andathlete/team5wouldmoveintothe3rdplaceposition(ghostscorewouldbecome4).Thissameadjustmentprocesswill takeplace inboththeteamandindividualcombinedcalculations.)


116

7.5.3.4. NoteamshallbeallowedtoenteranathleteintotheSkierCrossunlessthe team isproperly registeredas aFreeski teamwith theUSCSA. SinceCrossisaneliminationevent,noguestsareallowedtocompete.

7.5.4. IndividualScoring7.5.4.1. TheIndividualCombinedisscoredbyusingPlacePointsforallthree

events.(IndividualWorldCupPointswillbeusedtobreakatie.Ifatiestillexists,itremainsatie.)FortheFreeskiIndividualOverallCombined,theIndividualsadjustedplace(SeeSection7.5.3.3)ineachoftheeventsaresummed for an Individual Overall Score. The competitor with thelowestIndividualOverallScorewins.

7.5.4.1.1. Tie breaking shall use World Cup Points between tiedcompetitors; lower/lowestWorldCupPoint value shall earn thelowerrank.IfthetiestillexistsafteruseofWorldCupPoints,thetieshallremain.

7.5.4.1.2. Tie breaking is to be used only for the first fifteen (15)places.Iftiesexistforplacesbeyondfifteenth(15th),thetieshallremain.

7.5.4.2. Anathletemuststartinexactlyoratleast50%oftheofferedeventsofacompetitioninordertobeeligiblefortheoverallcombinedresults.Ifanathletedoesnotmeettheabovecriteria,theathletewillbeexcludedfromtheoverall combined results. The individual results and teamawardsofthat event will not be affected. Place points for each event of theindividual combined will be adjusted to include only the athletes whomeettheabovecriteria.

7.5.4.3. NoathleteshallbeallowedtoentertheSkierCrosscompetitionunlessthatathleteisproperlyregisteredasaFreeskiathletewiththeUSCSAandpays the appropriate USCSA and USCSA National Championships fees.SinceCrossisaneliminationevent,noguestsareallowedtocompete.

USCSAAll-AmericanSkiTeam7.6.

7.6.1. FirstTeam7.6.1.1. The first five finishers in the slalom, giant slalom, individual alpine

combined,snowboardgiantslalom,snowboardboarder-cross,snowboardfreeskiing and individual snowboard combined, Nordic classical, Nordicfreestyle, nordic sprint, individual Nordic combined and the winningNordicrelayteams(menandwomen),shallconstitutetheFirstTeam.

7.6.2. SecondTeam7.6.2.1. The second group of ten finishers (6th-15th) in the slalom, giant

slalom, individual alpine combined, snowboard giant slalom, snowboardboarder-cross,snowboardfreestyleandindividualsnowboardcombined,


117

Nordic classical, Nordic freestyle, Nordic sprint, individual Nordiccombined and the 2nd place relay teams (men and women) shallconstitutetheSecondTeam.

7.6.3. The number of All-Americans per discipline shall be based on field size. Five All-Americans will be named for each whole multiple of five teamsinvolvedintheevent,nottobelessthantenindividuals.

USCSAScholasticAthleteRecognition7.7.7.7.1. USCSAScholarAll-AmericanSkiTeam

7.7.1.1. TheScholarAll-AmericanswillbeselectedfromallMenandWomenparticipating at the United States Collegiate Skiing and SnowboardChampionships.

7.7.1.1.1. AthleteswithaGPAbetween3.80to4.00willbegrantedFirstTeamAll-AmericanHonors.

7.7.1.1.2. AthleteswithaGPAbetween3.50to3.79willbenamedtotheSecondTeamAll-American.

7.7.1.1.3. Athletes with a GPA between 3.30 to 3.49 will receiveHonorableMentionAll-American.

USCSAHolgerPetersenVolunteerAward7.8.7.8.1.1. TheHolgerPetersenVolunteerAwardwillbepresentedattheUnited

StatesCollegiateSkiingandSnowboardChampionshipsandannouncedattheRegionalevents&attheseasonendingconferenceevents.

7.8.1.1.1. Criteria

7.8.1.1.1.1. RecipientmusthaveservedontheBODforaminimumofsixyears.

7.8.1.1.1.2. Made significant contribution to the Board, with apositiveeffect.

7.8.1.1.1.3. Pastrecipientsarenoteligiblefortheaward.

7.8.1.1.1.4. Only the Nominations & Awards Committee makesNominations.

7.8.1.1.1.5. Must receive a minimum of 50% of the BOD votes toreceivetheaward.

7.8.1.1.2. PastRecipientsoftheHolgerPetersenVolunteerAward.

2017–MikeDzubay2016–PaulRozsypal

2013–RobinDzubay

2012–AndrewRangen


118

O.I. This is currently a partial list until all previous recipients can bedeterminedbytheHistorianCommittee.

ArmedServicesAward7.9.7.9.1. A Service Academy is defined as a federal academy for the undergraduate

educationandtrainingforcommissionedofficersfortheUnitedStatesArmedServices.TherearecurrentlyfiverecognizedServiceAcademieseligibletowintheUSCSAArmedServicesAward:

• TheUnitedStatesMilitaryAcademyinWestPoint,NewYork

• TheUnitedStatesNavalAcademyinAnnapolis,Maryland

• TheUnitedStatesCoastGuardAcademyinNewLondon,Connecticut

• TheUnitedStatesMerchantMarineAcademyinKingsPoint,NewYork

• TheUnitedStatesAirForceAcademyinColoradoSprings,Colorado7.9.2. The Armed Services Award is awarded to the top performing service

academy,combiningbothmenandwomen,ateachyear’sUSCSACollegiateSkiand Snowboard National Championships. Team scoring for the “ArmedServicesAward”isaccomplishedbyusingtheteamfinishpointscoringsystemfor each event that at least one Service Academy participated in. A team’splacement is determined by combining each service academy’s team placepointsfromallevents,afterexcludingnonserviceacademyteams.Ifaserviceacademydidnotparticipateinanevent,theyareassessedapenaltyofthetotalnumberofserviceacademiesinanevent,plusone,astheirplacementfortheevent. The teamwith the lowest combined finish points score for all eventswhich a service academy participated in shall be the winner of the ArmedServicesAward.

7.9.3. TieBreaking7.9.3.1. Tiebreakingistobeusedonlyforthefirstteamplacing.Ifatieexists

for places beyond first, theywill remain as ties. The first tie-breaker iscalculatedbyaddingtheteam’sindividualplacepoints,afterremovingallnonserviceacademyteams.Ateamisdefinedasthegroupofcompetitorsthatcounttowardtheteamresultinanyevent,asdefinedbytherulesofthatevent. Ifaserviceacademydoesnotparticipateinanevent,ordoesnothaveatleasttheminimumathletesneededtoscoretofinishtheevent,they are assigned a penalty of the number of athletes plus one for eachnon-finishingathlete,uptotheminimumnumberneededtoscoreforanevent,astheirscore.

7.9.3.2. Shouldatieremainafterusingindividualplacepoints,tiebreakingisaccomplished by calculating the average of the percentage back of allevents,wherethepercentagebackoftimedeventsiscalculatedby:


119

(Sumof the team’s times)-(Sumof thewinning team’s times) / (Sumofwinningteam’stimes)

andthepercentagebackofnon-timedeventsiscalculatedby

(Sumoftheteam’splacepoints)-(Sumofthewinningteam’splacepoints)/(Sumofwinningteam’spoints)

Wherethelowestaverageofthepercentagebackswins.


120

Section8–NationalChampionshipsQualifications8.0

RegionalQualificationProcessTowardsAttendanceAtNationals8.1.8.1.1. Teamand individualattendance to the 'UnitedStatesCollegiateSkiing and

Snowboarding Championships'(TM) can only be achieved throughparticipation in a conference and regional qualifyingprocess.All teamsmusthave completed the required USCSA team registration and USCSA eligibleforms.

8.1.2. The USCSA mandates that each designated region hold an end-of-seasonregional championship with the qualifying teams advancing to the nationalchampionships. The regionals should be completed ten days prior to thenationalchampionships.Allparticipatingmembersofaregionalchampionshipteamattending the national championshipmust have proceeded through thequalifyingprocessasmembersofthatteam.

8.1.2.1. Regional Championship event Coordinators are responsible forsubmitting qualified teams to the USCSA National Office on the dayimmediatelyfollowingthecompletionoftheircompetition.

8.1.3. Regionalsshallbeashowcaseeventandregionaleventcoordinatorsshouldmakeaspecialefforttomimicthenationalchampionshipevent.

8.1.3.1. Required Competitive events at Regional Championships shouldcomplement the events that occur at the National Championships. Theevents, Techniques, dates and location of the Regionals Championshipsshall seek the input and recommendation by the Vice President of eachdiscipline.

8.1.3.2. There shall be an elimination process (alpine) at theconference/divisionalleveltoqualifyforRegionalChampionships.

8.1.3.3. If there are to be peripheral/additional features or activities atregional championships, (i.e. Banquet, t-shirts, tours, etc.) all involvedconferencesmustagreetothecostthisinadvanceoffinalplanning.

8.1.3.4. The host conference is responsible for presenting the method forrecommending theappointmentofofficials, how timingand calculationswillbedone,venueselection,dateselectionandeventcost(brokendowntoindicateracefees,hill fees,andextrasnotcriticaltotheproductionoftheathleticevent)60daysprior to theevent to thevisitingconferencesfor concurrence. All conferencesmust agree in advance to those actionstaken.

8.1.3.5. Each region will determine how hosting responsibility is to beassigned.(i.e.noteveryregionwillnecessarilywanttorotateamongalloftheconferencestobetheregionalhost.)


121

8.1.3.6. ThehostingconferenceshallsubmitaRegional’sreporttotheboardeachyear.

8.1.3.7. If a Guest Team (See Team and Individual Eligibility Rules Section2.1.2) is approved toparticipateat theWesternRegionalChampionship,thatteamisrequiredtopayaparticipationfeeequalto3/5oftheUSCSAmembershipdues,totheregionalconferencehostingthatyear.

8.1.4. To compete at Regionals and Nationals, ALL Competitors AND theirinstitutionsmustbemembersingoodstandingofUSCSA.

8.1.5. IntheeventthatarunofaraceiscancelledataRegionaleventorthattheentireraceeventthatdayiscancelled,resultsfromtheexistingeventswillbeconsideredintheirentiretyforqualifyingtonationals.TheJurymustmakethisdecision.

RegionalTeamAllocationToTheAnnualUscsaNationalChampionship8.2.

8.2.1. Attendance to the annual USCSA national championships is based on thefollowing:8.2.1.1. NumberofAlpineCompetitors.AtaNationalChampionship:Inorder

tomaintainraceandcoursequality,thereexistsagoalofhavingnomorethan 100 qualified team competitors and 40 4-way Invitationalcompetitors in both Men's and Women's disciplines at a nationalchampionship race.The regional teamallocationshall total20qualifiedteams and8 4-way Invitational teamsof five (5) persons each,with thebalance of the field being allocated to six (6) outstanding individualcompetitorspersex,one(1)fromeachofthesixindicatedUSCSAregionalchampionship areas whose team failed to qualify. Thus: 28 teams x 5personsper team=140racersplusoutstanding individualentries,maleandfemalefromeachregion. Thetotalnumberofentriescannotexceed150perevent.

8.2.1.2. NumberofNordicCompetitors.AtaNationalChampionship:SectionII.C below dictates the number of teams allowed to compete at thenationalchampionships.Ateamcompetingatthenationalchampionshipsmayregisteranynumberofathletesthathavequalifiedforthenationalsviatheregularprocedures.Aninstitutionmayenteruptofive(5)athletesperraceandtheymaycompetefortheirschoolsinindividualeventsandonlythree(3)maycompetefortheirschoolintherelayevent.Theymaycompete for theirschool in the individualeventsandonlythree(3)maycompeteas therelay teamfor theschool in therelayevent.These limitsapplyseparatelyforthemen'sandwomen'ssquadsofaschool'steam.

8.2.1.3. AllUSCSA teamsand individualsmeetingqualification requirementsfor the National Championship will be invited to attend. Nordic teams,Nordic individuals, Snowboard teams and Snowboard Individuals mustcompete in a regional event to be eligible to qualifying for the National


122

Championships. If they cannot, they must petition the NationalChampionshipCommittee.

8.2.1.4. Additionalracersmaybeinvitedtoraceasnon-scoringindividuals.

O.I.:Non-scoringmeanstheindividualdoesnotreceiveindividualhonorsorawards,nordotheydisplacescoringracers.

8.2.1.5. Number of 4-way Invitational Team Competitors at a NationalChampionship.

8.2.1.5.1. 4-wayinvitationalteamsattendingthenationalchampionshipsshall comprise ofmen’s andwomen’s teamswho have both alpineand Nordic teams and who have not previously qualified throughnormalregionalquotaselection.

8.2.1.5.2. Invitational team selection shall be awarded to the two (2)highestplacing4-wayteamsattheendofeachregionaltournamentbasedontheNational4-wayscoringrules.

8.2.1.5.3. Unfilled invitational team quota slots from each region shallremainunfilledatthenationalchampionships.

8.2.1.5.4. Invitational team scoring shall only apply to the 4-waycombinedeventchampionship.Theymaynotbeincludedintheindividual-event-teamstanding.

8.2.1.5.5. Alpine teams that qualify in thismanner (4-Way Event only)areseededinthefirstrunafterthefifthseed(behindalloftheteamsthat have qualified as alpine teams) thus starting 101 at the latest.(2ndrunwillbeBIBBO.)

8.2.1.5.6. The4-WayInvitationalEventwillcontinuethroughthe2012-2013 season. Thiswill be reviewed at the 2014Board of Directorsmeeting.(Reviewedeverytwoyears.)

8.2.2. RegionalTeamAllocationstotheUSCSANationalChampionships8.2.2.1. DesignatedChampionshipRegionsandRegionalTeamAllocationsfor

Nordicwillbeasfollows

NordicRegion #M/W

1 WesternRegion

Northwest, Rocky and Grand TetonConferences

3/3

2 FarWestRegion

NorthernCaliforniaConference

SouthwestConference

2/2

3 MidwestRegion 2/2


123

MidwestConference

4 EasternRegion

EasternConference

6/6

5 Mid-AtlanticRegion

Allegheny, Atlantic Highlands, SoutheastConferences

1/1

6 NewYorkRegion

MideastConference

NA

8.2.2.2. 4-Way berthswill be allocated based on application to theNationalChampionships Committee and will allocate no more than 8 qualifyingteamsthatdidnotqualifyoutrightineachdiscipline.

8.2.2.3. Forunusedberthsupto2/2teamscanbereservedfordiscretionaryassignmentfromanyregion.RequestsshouldbesubmittedtotheUSCSANordicVicePresidentandtheUSCSAPresident.

8.2.3. USCSA National Championship Alpine Quota Determination. The AlpineQuotasare comprisedof twocomponents.The firstbeingmembershipbasedand the second performance based. The number of female and male quotaspotsassignedtoaregionisthesameforeachsex.

8.2.3.1. Membership Berths. The membership component is determined asfollows.EachUSCSARegionisawardedonequotaspotforeach22alpinemember teams (amen’s andwomen’s teams each count as one) orpartthereof,asdeterminedbymembershipapplicationsrecordedascompleteby the USCSA National office on January 1st of the given competitionseason.IndividualsregisteredwiththeNationalofficearenotincludedthecalculation. There is no cap on the total number ofmembership quotaspots that can be awarded. The target is 17 quota spots based onmemberships.Iftheformuladoesnotgenerate17quotaspots,theUSCSAmay revise thenumber ofmember teams required to earn a quota spotdownbyoneuntil,aminimumof17isachieved.

Example:RegionAhas22men'steamsand21women'steamstotaling43.Teams 1 through 22 earn the first membership quota spot. Teams 23through43earnthesecondmembershipquotaspot.RegionAisawarded2membershipquotaspots.

8.2.3.2. Noregioncanlosemorethanonequotaspotperyear.


124

8.2.3.2.1. Ifthetotalnumberofspotsawardednationwideisonly15,theprocess is repeatedawardingonequotaspot forevery21 teamsorpartthereof.

Example: Region A has 43 teams. Teams 1 through 21 earn the firstmembership quota spot. Teams 22 through 42 earn the secondmembershipquotaspot.Team43earnsthethirdquotaspot.RegionAisawarded3quotaspots.

8.2.3.3. Performance Berths. Three quota spots are awarded based on pastperformance at the US Collegiate National ChampionshipsTM. Theperformance based quota spots are calculated in the following iterativemanner. The immediate past three years are used to calculateperformance quota spots. A region’s performance is determined bysummingtheplacepointsinthecombinedresultsforthebestperformingmen’s andwomen’s team, from each region over the three year period.The regions are then rankedbasedon the totalplacepoints.The regionwith the lowest total place points receives the first performance quotaspot. The process is then repeated using best performing men’s andwomen’steamfromeachregionexceptfortheregionhavingreceivedthefirstperformanceberth.Thatregionshallusethesecondbestperformingmen’s and women’s team over the three year period. The secondperformance quota spot will be awarded to the region with the lowesttotal place points. The third quotda spot shall be calculated in a similarmanner eliminating the region receiving the second place performanceberth.Tiesareonlybrokenforthethirdperformancequotaspot.Thefirsttie-breaker is the tied region closest to receiving an additionalmembership berth. The second tie-breaker is the region with the bestfinishusedintheperformanceberthcalculation.Aregioncanearnmorethanoneofthesequotaspots.

8.2.3.3.1. Performance Berth example calculation is provided below.Place point totals represent best male and best female teamperformanceforthegivenyearaddedtogether.

Example: If Region A’s best Women’s team placed second and bestmen’steamplacedthirdin2008,theywouldreceive2+3foratotalof5placepointsfor2007.Ifin2008theyreceivedatotalof6placepointsand in200910placepoints theirFirstPlace totalwouldbe21. If 21points is low enough to earn a performance berth, the process ofsummingplacepointsisrepeatedfortheRegionA’ssecondplaceteamsforthenextround.


125

TeamsbyRegion First PlaceTeam

SecondPlaceTeam Third PlaceTeam

2013 Total Total Total

1 Western 4 12 212 32 #N/A

10 22 28

7 10 1224 32 35

15 94 #N/A

2 FarWest

3 Midwest

4 Eastern

5 Mid-Atlantic

6 Mideast




1 Western 3 12 294 34 39

8 24 32

9 9 1129 29 #N/A

23 28 30

2 FarWest

3 Midwest

4 Eastern

5 Mid-Atlantic

6 Mideast




1 Western 3 10 163 10 34

18 25 346 14 18

30 37 39

16 30 #N/A

2 FarWest

3 Midwest

4 Eastern

5 Mid-Atlantic

6 Mideast


126

8.2.3.3.2. Population & Performance Berths for 2016/2017 will beawarded as per below. The total number of teams was 223 for2016/2017.

Region #ofTeams PopulationBerth

PerformanceBerth TotalBerths

West 29 2 1 3

FarWest 28 2 1 3

Midwest 36 3 3

Eastern 54 4 1 5

Mid-Atlantic 48 4 4

NewYork(formerlyMideast)

28 2 2

NationalChampionshipEvents8.3.

8.3.1. Events8.3.1.1. Alpine.Men’sandWomen’sGiantSlalom,Men’sandWomen’sSlalom,

Men’sandWomen’sDualSlalom8.3.1.2. Nordic. Men’s and Women’s 1.5k Individual Sprint, Men’s and

Women’s Freestyle, Men’s and Women’s Classic, Men’s and Women’sSprintRelay,Men’sandWomen’sSkiJumping.

8.3.1.3. Snowboard. Men and Women’s Parallel GS, Men’s and Women’sBoarder-X,Men’sandWomen’sSlopestyle,Men’sandWomen’sHalfpipe,RailJamorQuarter-Pipe.

8.3.1.4. Freeski. Men’s and Women’s Ski-X, Men’s and Women’s Slopestyle,Men’sandWomen’sHalfpipe,RailJamorQuarter-Pipe

8.3.1.5. Ski Jumping.Men’sandWomen’sSmallHill,Men’sandWomen’s60-90MeterHill

8.3.1.6. 4-way Invitational. Men’s and Women’s Giant Slalom, Men’s andWomen’s Slalom, Men’s and Women’s XC Individual Race, Men’s andWomen’sXCRelay

8.3.2. NationalTitles8.3.2.1. Alpine.Men’sCombinedTeam,Women’sCombinedTeam.

8.3.2.2. Nordic.Men’sCombinedTeam,Women’sCombinedTeam.8.3.2.3. Snowboard.Men’sCombinedTeam,Women’sCombinedTeam.


127

8.3.2.3.1. IfSnowboardScoringRule(SeeScoringRulesSection7.4.4.3)is triggered, Combined awards will be given per SnowboardDiscipline(AlpineandFreestyle).

8.3.2.4. Freeski.Men’sCombinedTeam,Women’sCombinedTeam.8.3.2.5. Ski Jumping.Men’sandWomen’sSmallHill,Men’sandWomen’s60-

90MeterHill.

8.3.3. USCSAAlpineIndividuals.AUSCSAregionmayappointUSCSAindividualstoattendthenationalchampionships,suchindividualnothavingbeengiventheopportunitytoqualifyaspartofa team.Nomorethanone(1) individualpereventmayqualifyperregion.Ifanindividualisselectedandisalsoamemberof a 4-Way Invitational Event team, no other individual will be selected.Therefore,he/shewillbeeligibletocompeteatthenationalchampionshipsasboth an individual (seeded with the individual seed), eligible to qualify forindividual results, and as amember of his/her team, eligible to score 4-waypointsforthe4-WayInvitationalEventtitle.8.3.3.1. The individual representative from each region to the National

Championships shall be determined by total race points (o.i. see currentyear FIS rules for formula) derived from the regional slalom and giantslalomevents,withthelowtotalbeingthewinner.DNFs,DSQs,andDNSswillbegiven110%ofthelastfinishersracepoints.Tiesshallbebrokenbyusingthecurrentworldcupsystemofscoringthetop30.ShouldatieexistinthesumofWCpoints, thesumof finishplacesshallbetakentobreakthetie.Racersthatdonotstart,aredisqualifiedorDNFwillreceiveplacepointsequaltototal finishers+1.Shouldatiestillexist, thesumofracepoints for the competitors shall be taken as a tiebreaker In case of twogoldmedalistswithonlyonesinglefinish,bothwillbeinvited.Shouldatiestillexist,thesumofthetimesofthecompetitorsshallbetakenasafinaltiebreaker. Racersthatdonotstart(DNS),aredisqualified(DSQ),ordonot finish (DNF),will use the standard ghost time (110%of the highestathletetimeusedinscoring).

8.3.3.2. WorldCuppointsareawardedasfollows:

FirstPlace 100points

SecondPlace 80points

ThirdPlace 60points

FourthPlace 50points

FifthPlace 45points

SixthPlace 40points

SeventhPlace 36points

EightPlace 32points


128

NinthPlace 29points

TenthPlace 26points

EleventhPlace 24points

TwelfthPlace 22points

ThirteenthPlace 20points

FourteenthPlace 18points

FifteenthPlace 16points

Thendecreasingby1pointperplaceto…ThirtiethPlaceat1point.

8.3.3.3. Should a tie exist in the sum ofworld cup points, the sum of finishplacesshallbetakentobreakthetie.Shouldatiestillexist,thesumofthetimesofthecompetitorsshallbetakenasafinaltiebreaker.

8.3.4. USCSANordic Individuals. Additional individualsmay qualify by placing inthe Top 20 places of all individual races in either technique of Classical orFreestyle in the respective regional events. The maximum number ofindividuals to qualify from each region shall be as follows:Western 4M/4W,FarWest1M/1W,Midwest2M/2W,East6M/6W,andMid-Atlantic1M/1W.*For unused berths up to 2/2 individual can be reserved for discretionaryassignment from any region. Requests should be submitted to the USCSANordicVicePresidentandtheUSCSAPresident.

8.3.5. ChangesInRegionalAllocation.TheAlpineandNordicCompetition&RulesCommittees shall annually review regional team allocations to the 'UnitedStates Collegiate Skiing Championships' for the purpose of guaranteeing thestrongestregionalteamrepresentation.

8.3.6. Outstanding Alpine Individuals. Each of the six USCSA Regions has theopportunity to allow up to five skiers per gender entry into their RegionalChampionshipsasguestskiers.TheselectionisbasedonthebestUSSApointsof those requesting entry. Guest skier’s results do not count towards USCSAteamor individual scoring, and do not affect the team scores of representedcolleges. TheUSCSA, aswell,may invite the top guestmale and female skierfrom the Regional Championships to attend the National Championships,wherethesamescoringruleswillapply.Tobeeligibleyou:mustbewithinthetop500onthemostrecentUSSApointslist inSLorGS,havegraduatedfromhigh school, and are not currently listed on a USCSA or NCAA team poster.RequestsshouldbesubmittedtotheUSCSANationalOffice.

NationalChampionshipHostingAndSiteSelectionProcess8.4.8.4.1. Thesiteofthe'UnitedStatesCollegiateSkiingChampionships'willberotated

betweentwogeographicallocations(East&West).TheUSCSAwillapproveits’NationalChampionshipsites,at theannualBoardmeeting, twoyearspriortothedateofthatcompetition.TheNationalChampionshipsshouldbeginonthe


129

secondTuesdayinMarch.TheUSCSAwillmakeeveryattempttohavesignedcontracts with National Championship sites, announced at the annual BoardMeeting,twoyearspriortothedateofthatcompetition.

8.4.2. NationalChampionshipCommittee.8.4.2.1. The coordination of a national championship is a complex and

substantialtask.Forthatreason,theUSCSAplacesagreatvalueonbeingabletoassembleitstopracepeoplefromthroughoutthecountryinordertoachievethehighestqualityevent.ThefollowingpositionscomprisetheNationalChampionshipCommittee:

• Chairperson

• AlpineCoordinator

• NordicCoordinator

• SnowboardCoordinator

• ExecutiveDirector8.4.2.2. Any individual, conference or region seeking to have their home

mountain included in the selection process should submit a formalrequest to the National Championship Committee Chairperson. TheNationalChampionshipCommitteewilldotheirduediligenceonthesitebased on key criteria to determine overall feasibility. The NationalChampionship Committee will publish deadlines for these requests andanyaccompanyingdocumentationbytherequestor.

8.4.2.3. Championshipsiteselectionisbaseduponthefollowingkeycriteria.8.4.2.3.1. Availability of national quality alpine, jumping, snowboard,

freeskiing,andNordiccourses.

8.4.2.3.2. Proximity of the Nordic, alpine, snowboard, and lodgingfacilitiestoeachother.

8.4.2.3.3. Availability of adequate lodging andbanquet facilities able toseataminimumof500people.

8.4.2.3.4. AlocalexperiencedNordicraceorganization.

8.4.2.3.5. Alocalexperiencedalpineandsnowboardraceorganization.8.4.2.3.6. Adequatesnowconditionsforallevents,availablethroughthe

secondweekinMarch.

8.4.2.3.7. Proximity to airports and population centers; news mediaavailability.

8.4.2.3.8. National events are scheduled over a—5 day period (not toinclude Sunday) with men and women's alpine and the individualnordicracestobeonseparatedays.


130

8.4.2.3.9. Effortswillbemadetonotuseresortsmore than1 time in4years.

NationalChampionshipSchedule8.5.

8.5.1. Nordic8.5.1.1. EvenYear

• Day prior other events: Men and Women’s 7.5k Freestyle,intervalstart

• Dayone:Men&Women’s1.5kclassicSprint

• Daytwo:Nordic,restday

• Daythree:MenandWomen’s15kClassicMassStart

• Dayfour:MenandWomen’sTeamSprintRelay;FR,FR,FR

8.5.1.2. OddYear

• Day prior to other events: Men and Women’s 7.5k Classic,intervalstart

• Dayone:Men's&Women’s1.5kfreestyleSprint

• Daytwo:Nordic,restday

• Daythree:MenandWomen’s15kFreestyleMassStart

• Dayfour:MenandWomen’sTeamSprint;CL,CL,CL

8.5.1.3. USCSA Description Team Sprint. A relay-competition with threeathleteswhoalternatelyski3legsofaminimumof1kmandamaximum1.5kmeachwithallcompetitorsskiingthesameloop)

8.5.1.4. FIS Description Team Sprint. A relay-competition with two athleteswhoalternatelyskibetween3–6legseach.

8.5.2. Alpine• Men’sandWomen’sGiantSlalom

• Men’sandWomen’sSlalom

• Men’sandWomen’sDualSlalom

8.5.3. Snowboard8.5.3.1. Events

• Men&Women’sGiantSlalom

• Men&Women’sSnowboardCrossTraining

• Men&Women’sSnowboardCross

• Men&Women’sSlopestyle


131

• Men&Women’sHalfpipe(SeeSection8.5.3.2)8.5.3.2. For any year where the National Championship site does not have

facilities to provide a Halfpipe competition, a replacement competitionsuch as Rail Jam, Quarter Pipe, or other event shall be used, subject toapproval by the National Championships and Snowboard / FreeskiCommittees.

8.5.4. Freeski8.5.4.1. Events

• Men&Women’sSkierCrossTraining

• Men&Women’sSkierCross

• Men&Women’sSlopestyle

• Men&Women’sHalfpipe(SeeSection8.5.4.2)8.5.4.2. For any year where the National Championship site does not have

facilities to provide a Halfpipe competition, a replacement competitionsuch as Rail Jam, Quarter Pipe, or other event shall be used, subject toapproval by the National Championships and Snowboard / FreeskiCommittees.

8.5.5. Jumping• Men’sandWomen’sSmallHill

• Men’sandWomen’s60-90MeterHill


132

SECTION9-ARTICLESOFINCORPORATION9.0

TheseArticlesofIncorporationaresignedandacknowledgedbytheincorporators9.1.forthepurposeofformingacorporationundertheprovisionsofChapter181oftheUtahStatutes,withoutstock,andnon-profit. ARTICLE I - The name of this corporation is the United States Collegiate Ski &9.2.SnowboardAssociation,Inc.("USCSA”)

ARTICLEII-Theperiodofexistenceshallbeperpetual.9.3. ARTICLEIII-Thepurposeorpurposesofthiscorporationareasfollows:9.4.

9.4.1. Tooperate solely for the followingpurposeswhich shall remain limited tothose aspects thereof which are exclusively educational, charitable andscientific.

9.4.2. TobethegoverningbodyforintercollegiateteamracingcompetitioninthedisciplinesofAlpine,Nordic,FreeskiandSnowboardforUnitedStatescollegesand universities; including providing support and participation for U.S.representationininternationalcollegiateski&snowboardcompetition.

9.4.3. To promote and support amateur national collegiate ski & snowboardcompetition, to offer training camps and clinics, to support both team andindividual training for national competition, including the organizing andadministrationofanationalchampionship.

9.4.4. Tofosterparitybothofrepresentationandultimatelycompetitiontocreateand maintain a level playing field and do all we can to raise the level ofcompetitionthroughoutallourprogramsfromthebottomup.

9.4.5. Todevelop andprocure equipment necessary to offer collegiate racers thebestpossibleenvironmentforadvancementinski&snowboardcompetition.

9.4.6. Tobe a supportive body, on the collegiate level, of theUnited States Ski&Snowboarding Association, including the administration of specific programsbeneficialtotheUSSA,inrecognitionofitbeingtheofficiallysanctionedbodybytheU.S.OlympicCommittee,theU.S.Senate,andtheFISforgoverningU.S.Ski&Snowboardcompetition.

9.4.7. To promote the ideals of amateurism in competitive events, goodsportsmanship,justiceandfairplay.

9.4.8. To promote intercollegiate ski& snowboard competition for the benefit ofU.S.collegestudents.

9.4.9. To cooperate with other snowsport governing bodies and their respectivecommitteesinpromotingandsecuringtheforegoingpurposes.

ARTICLE IV – The mailing address of corporate the corporate office is 1779.5.Huntington Ave, Suite 1703 #22462, Boston, MA 02115-3143. The physical andshippingaddressis320StageRoad,Cummington,MA01026.


133

ARTICLEV -Thetotalnumberofdirectorsshallbefixedbythecorporation'sBy-9.6.Laws,butshallnotbelessthanthree. ARTICLEVI -Thenamesandaddressesofdirectorsconstitutingtheinitialboard9.7.arelistedintheinitialArticlesofIncorporation. ARTICLEVII-TheBy-LawsoftheCorporationshallsetforthindetailthemethod9.8.of accepting and dischargingmembers, any denial or restriction of voting rights,classificationofmembers,includingdistinguishingfeaturesofeachclass. ARTICLE VIII -Nopart of thenet earnings of this corporation shall be used for9.9.purposesotherthanaresetforthinArticleIIIabove,andnopartofsuchearningsshall inure to the benefit of anymember, director or officer, except as theymaybenefit fromeither theirmembership,orparticipation in its activities.Nopartofthe activities of the Corporation is carrying on propaganda, or otherwiseattemptingtoinfluencelegislationortoparticipateinorinterveneinanypoliticalcampaign on behalf of any candidate for public office. Upon dissolution of thisCorporation,ifever,allremainingassetsandtrademarkshereofshallbedistributedtoorganizationsorganizedandoperatedexclusively forcharitable,educationalorscientific purposes as shall at the time qualify as exempt organizations underSection501(C)(3)oftheInternalRevenueCodeof1954. ARTICLE IX - The name and address of incorporator (or incorporators) are as9.10.follows:USCSA,c/oDruffnerAssociates1912SidewinderDr.,#211ParkCity,Utah84060.


134

SECTION 10 - BY-LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES10.0COLLEGIATESKI&SNOWBOARDASSOCIATION,INC.

MISSIONSTATEMENT.10.1.

10.1.1. To be the National governing body of team ski and snowboardcompetitionatthecollegiatelevel.

10.1.2. To promote and increase awareness of and participation in alpineskiing,nordicskiingfreeskiingandsnowboardingintheUnitedStates.

10.1.3. Toprovide competition anddevelopment opportunities for student-athletesinateamatmosphereleadingtowardNationalChampionshipsineachdiscipline.

ARTICLEI–OFFICES.10.2.

10.2.1. Principal and Business Offices. The Corporation may have suchprincipalandotherbusinessoffices,eitherwithinoroutsidetheStateofUtah,astheBoardofDirectorsmaydesignateorasthebusinessoftheCorporationmayrequirefromtimetotime.

10.2.2. RegisteredOffice.Theregisteredofficeof theCorporationrequiredby theUtah BusinessCorporationLaw tobemaintained in theStateofUtahmaybe,butneednotbe,identicalwiththeprincipalofficeintheStateofUtah,andtheaddressoftheregisteredofficemaybechangedfromtimetotimebythe Board of Directors. The business office of the registered agent of theCorporationshallbeidenticaltosuchregisteredoffice.

ARTICLEII–MEETINGS10.3.

10.3.1. AnnualMeeting.TheannualmeetingoftheBoardofDirectorsshallbe held at the date and hour in each year as designated by the Board ofDirectors, but at least once a year, for the purpose of electing directors andofficers,andforthetransactionofsuchotherbusinessasmaycomebeforethemeeting.Theannualmeetingistotakeplaceinthespringorearlysummerofeach year,with notice of themeeting to be given at least thirty (30) days inadvanceofsuchmeeting.

10.3.2. Special Meetings. Special meetings may be called by standingcommittees,bytheBoardofDirectors,orbythePresident,astheoccasionmaydemand; to take care of necessary business asmay be required. Thirty (30)days advancenotice has to be given for any specialmeetings, this to includetime, date and location in addition to all material to be covered by such ameeting. Special Meetings may be conducted by conference call, e-mail,physicalpresenceatameetingsiteorbyanyotheragreeduponmethod.Themethod for the conduct of a Special Meeting will be determined by themembersoftheExecutiveBoard.


135

10.3.3. Place of Meeting. TheBoard ofDirectorsmay designate any place,either within or outside the State of Utah, as the place of meeting for anyannualmeetingorforanyspecialmeetingcalledbytheBoardofDirectors.

10.3.4. NoticeofMeeting.Writtennoticestatingtheplace,dayandhourofthe meeting, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes forwhichthemeetingiscalled,shallbedeliverednotlessthanthenumberofdayssetforthinSection2.01and2.02.SuchnoticesshallbedeemedtobedeliveredwhendepositedintheUnitedStatesmailorasdatedinE-mail,andaddressedtothemostrecentlyprovidedDirectoraddress.

10.3.5. Quorum.DuetothespecialstatusofthisCorporation,andtakingintoconsideration thecompositionof theboardofdirectors, aquorumshall existfor a duly authorized meeting by virtue of the attendance of those personseligibletovoteontheaffairsofthiscorporation.Mattersapprovedatsuchanauthorizedanddulypublicizedmeeting,shallbeconsideredvalidandinforceuntilamendedbyasubsequentlyheldmeeting.

10.3.6. ConductofMeetings.ThePresident,orinhisabsencetheExecutiveVice-President, or in their absence in the order provided under section 4.01,shall call the meeting to order, and act as Chairperson of the meeting. TheappointedSecretary,but intheabsenceof theSecretarythepresidingofficer,mayappointanyotherpersontoactasSecretary,shallrecordallminutesandactionstakenatthemeeting.

10.3.7. Unanimous Consent Without Meeting. Any action required orpermittedbytheArticlesofIncorporationorBy-laws,oranyprovisionoflawto be taken at ameeting of the Board of Directors, may be takenwithout ameetingifaconsentinwritingsettingforththeactionsotaken,shallbesignedbyallmembersof theBoardofDirectorsentitled tovotewith respect to thesubjectmatterthereof.

10.3.8. Board Member Replacement and Proxy Votes at Meetings. ABoard member, if not attending a meeting, may designate in writing to thePresident,andpriortothemeeting,areplacementtorepresenthim/herontheBoard of Directors at that meeting. An Executive Board member may notdesignate a replacement to represent him/her in case of absence at a Boardmeeting. If a replacement cannot be found by a Board member to replacehim/herataBoardmeeting,aproxyvoterequestcanbesenttothePresident,in writing, for that meeting. The written request shall outline the specificissue(s)towhichtheproxyvoteshallapply,andshallnamethevotingmemberoftheBoardtowhomtheproxyvoteshallbeassigned.AproxyvoteshallnotbepermittedforanExecutiveBoardmember.

ARTICLEIII–BOARDOFDIRECTORS10.4.

10.4.1. GeneralPower,Number,andSelection.Thebusinessandaffairsofthis Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board ofDirectors shall set policies, rules, guidelines and the direction of thecorporation. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as to


136

provide the necessary nucleus to represent and direct the activities of thisCorporationfromtheterritoryservicedbythisCorporation.TheDirectorshipsize shallbekept toanecessaryminimumasdecidedyearlyby theBoardofDirectors.Directorsshallbeelectedbyamajorityvotewithintheirrespectivecommittees to fill available vacancies. Temporary director vacanciesmay befilledthroughappointmentbythePresidentoftheCorporation,inconsultationwithappropriatecommitteechairpersons.Ifapersonholdstwoormorevotingpositions,thatpersonshallreceiveonlyonevote.

10.4.2. Tenure and Qualifications. Each Director shall hold office for aperiodofoneyearoruntilhispriordeath,resignation,orremovalfromofficeby affirmative vote involving a majority of the directorship, taken at anappropriately scheduledmeeting.ADirectormay resignat any timeby filinghis/herwrittenresignationwithboththePresidentofthisCorporationandtheelected Secretary. The selection of becoming a Director of this Corporationshallbebaseduponawillingnesstoservethisorganization,asprescribedbythe Articles of Incorporation, by the By-laws of this Corporation, and by theguidelines established for directorship qualification within the CompetitionCommittee. ThePresident,ExecutiveVicePresident,VicePresidentofAlpine,Vice President of Nordic, Vice of President Snowboard, Vice PresidentAcademicAffairsandTreasurershallserve3-yearterms.

10.4.3. Members

10.4.3.1. Conference Coordinators. Each Conference will appoint itsrepresentativetotheBoard,andwillinformtheorganizationofthenameof that individual. Eleven (11) votes come from the conferencecoordinators,onepereachconference.AuthorizedandvotingconferencerepresentativeshavetobeidentifiedpriortothestartofaBoardmeeting.

10.4.3.2. Executive Board. All are voting members except the CorporateSecretary, Executive Director, Immediate Past President and PresidentEmeritus. This is a total of nine (9) votes. Individuals having dualpositions,suchasConferenceCoordinatorandExecutiveBoard,willhaveonlyonevote.

10.4.3.3. StudentAthleteRepresentatives.Thereshallbetwo(2)Alpine,two(2) Nordic, and two (2) Snowboard/Freeski student athleterepresentatives.Allarevotingmembers.

10.4.3.4. USSA Representative. One appointed member (non-voting). Thispositionisoptional.

10.4.4. StudentAthleteRepresentatives.

10.4.4.1. There will be six representatives from among the student-athletes:TwoAlpine,twoNordic,andtwoSnowboard/Freeski-onefemaleandonemale for each. They will be selected for consideration by the Boardthroughapplications to serve as votingmembersof theUSCSABoardofDirectors.Eachrepresentativewillserveatwo-yeartermandmaybere-


137

elected for two terms. May serve in this position within five yearsfollowinggraduation.

Thestudent-athleterepresentative’smissionisto

• Supportthestudent-athletebyrepresentingtheirintereststotheBoardofDirectors.

• WorkwiththeBoardtoensurethatthegoalsoftheUSCSAarefocusedonthestudent-athletes.

• Developandimplementprogramstoenhancethestudent-athletes’ski&snowboardcompetitionexperience.

• BeactivelyinvolvedwiththeUSCSAstudent-athletes.

• Generate interestamongthestudent-athletes tobecome involvedwiththeUSCSAattheconference,regionaland/ornationallevel(s).

10.4.4.2. Election Procedures. The election of the student-athleterepresentatives should be done by selecting one nordic, one snowboardand one alpine representative each year. Elections shall be one femalenordicathlete,onemalesnowboardathleteandonemalealpineathleteinoddyears,andonemalenordicathlete,onefemalesnowboardathleteandonefemalealpineathleteinevents.

10.4.4.2.1. Student-athletes wishing to become representatives willsubmit an application in writing consisting of a brief resume andposition statement, as well as two written recommendations, onefromoutsideski&snowboard.ApplicationswillbesubmittedtotheNational Office and reviewed by the student-athlete representativenominationcommittee.

10.4.4.2.2. The committee will consist of the six student-athleterepresentatives and the chairperson of the Board’s NominationCommittee. Representation will be from geographical areas withinthe USCSA members to the extent possible from the applicationsreceived.Thecommitteewillreviewanddiscusstheapplicationsandpresent the final recommendations to the Board of Directors forapproval. Any representative seeking a second term will notparticipateinreviewingtheapplicationsforthatposition.

10.4.4.2.3. The nominations period shall open January 2. Nominations /Applicationperiodshallclose15business followingthecloseof theUSCSANationalChampionshipsannually.ThenewStudent/AthleteRepresentativestobeselectedpriortotheUSCSABoardofDirectorsMeeting.SelectionswillbemadebyMay1st.

10.4.4.3. StudentAthleteReimbursementPolicy.StudentAthleteRepsmayreceive reimbursement up to $500 for travel to USCSA National


138

ChampionshipsandBoardofDirectorsMeeting.StudentAthleteRepswillnot be eligible for reimbursement for travel to the USCSA NationalChampionshipsshouldtheyqualifyandcompeteinagivenyear,asthesecosts are incumbent upon all student athlete competitors in theorganization.InallinstanceswherereimbursementwillbesoughtbytheStudent Athlete Reps, notice of intention to attend the event and priorapprovalmustbeobtainedfromtheUSCSA.RequestsshouldbesenttotheNationalOffice30dayspriortotheeventforreviewandresponse.

10.4.5. USSA Representative of the Board of Directors. ThePresidentofthe United States Ski & Snowboard Association has the option of selecting amember of its Executive Committee to sit on the Board of Directors of theUnited States Collegiate Ski & Snowboard Association for the purpose ofassistingintheadvisoryroletotheBoardofDirectorsandsuchrepresentativeisnoteligible tobevotedordesignatedasanofficerof thisCorporation.NorshallsaidrepresentativevoteonUSCSAcorporatebusiness.

10.4.6. Vacancies. Anyvacancyoccurring in theBoardofDirectorsmaybefilled until the next succeeding annual election by the President of thisCorporation, in consultationwithappropriate committee chairpersons, if it isdeterminedthattheirexpertiseandservicesarerequired.

10.4.7. Compensation. This Corporation, being non-stock and non-profit,may,with discretion, authorize reasonable compensation toDirectors, not toexceed personal expenses while they are engaged in approved corporateactivity.

10.4.8. PresumptionofAssent.ADirectoroftheCorporationwhoispresentatameetingoftheBoardofDirectors,oracommitteethereofofwhichheisamember,atwhichactiononanycorporatematteristaken,shallbepresumedtohaveassentedtotheactiontaken,unlesshisdissentorabstentionshallbeenteredintheminutesofthemeeting,orunlessheshallfilehiswrittendissentor abstention to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of themeeting before the adjournment thereof, or shall forward such dissent orabstentionbyregisteredmailtothePresidentoftheCorporationimmediatelyaftertheadjournmentofthemeeting.SuchrighttodissentorabstentionshallnotapplytoaDirectorwhovotedinfavorofsuchaction.

10.4.9. Committees.TheBoardofDirectorsbyresolutionsoadoptedbytheaffirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors present, maydesignateoneormorecommittees,eachcommitteetoconsistoftwoormoreDirectors elected by the Board of Directors, which to the extent provided insaidresolutionas initiallyadopted,andas thereofsupplementedoramendedbyfurtherresolutionadoptedbyalikevote,shallhaveandmayexercise,whentheBoardofDirectorsisnotinsession,thepowersoftheBoardofDirectorsinthe management of its assigned affairs of the Corporation, except action inrespect to election of the principal officers or the filling of vacancies on theBoardofDirectorsorcommitteescreatedpursuanttothissection.Inaddition,


139

such committees may not allocate or expend funds, not commit futurecorporate assets, if such allocations and commitments are not authorized bythe overall Board of Directors and President of this Corporation. EmergencyauthorizationscanbegrantedifthereisunanimousagreementtosuchbythePresident, Executive Vice-President, and Treasurer of this Corporation. EachsuchcommitteeshallfixtoitsownrulesgoverningtheconductofitsactivitiesandshallmakesuchreportstotheBoardofDirectorsandthePresidentofitsactivities,asmayberequested.

10.4.10. Unanimous Consent Without Meeting. Any action required orpermittedbytheArticlesofIncorporation,orBy-laws,oranyprovisionoflawtobetakenbytheBoardofDirectorsorcommitteethereofatameetingorbyresolution,maybetakenwithoutameetingifaconsentinwriting,settingforththeactionso taken, shallbesignedbyallof theDirectorsormembersof thecommitteetheninoffice.

10.4.11. Duties.AllDirectorsmust activelyparticipateonat leastoneof thepermanentStandingCommitteesasdescribedinArticleV,Section5.01of theBy-laws.Failuretodemonstratesuchparticipationtotherespectivecommitteechairperson and/or Board of Directors would be grounds for removal andreplacement.

10.4.12. Staff. The Executive Board or the Board Of Directors may appointindividualstoservetheCorporationincorporatepositionsasrequired.

10.4.13. ConferenceCoordinators.Therewillbe11conferencecoordinatorsrepresentingthe11USCSAConferences,respectively.EachoftheconferenceswillholdelectionsfortheirConferenceCoordinator,accordingtotheirby-laws.It is strongly recommended the conferences adopt similar by-laws to theUSCSAoperatingby-laws forofficersandtermsofoffice. IfanewConferenceCoordinator is elected, the USCSA Board of Directors will be charged withapproving or denying the candidate elected by the conference. Conferencecoordinatorsdutiesinclude,butarenotlimitedto:upholdingthetenetsoftheUSCSAMissionStatement,representingtheUSCSAatalocallevel,registration,and adherence to the standard operating procedures for ConferenceCoordinators, fiscal responsibility and reporting, upholding USCSA rules,upholdingeligibilityrequirements,andtheUSCSAcodeofconduct.Removalofa USCSA conference coordinator would be subject to violation of therequirementsputforthfortheConferenceCoordinatorsandbedecidedbyanad hoc panel made up of the President, Vice President, Treasurer, and twoConferenceCoordinatorsappointedbythePresident.

ARTICLEIV–OFFICERS10.5.10.5.1. TheExecutiveBoard.TheExecutiveBoardshallbemadeupof the

principal officers of the Corporation, consisting of the President, ExecutiveVice-President,Vice-PresidentofAlpineCompetitionandRules,Vice-Presidentof Nordic Competition and Rules, Vice- President of Snowboard Competitionand Rules, Vice President of Academic Affairs, Treasurer, two Executives-at


140

large,Corporate Secretary (nonvoting), thePresidentEmeritus (nonvoting),the Immediate Past President (non voting), and the ExecutiveDirector (non-voting). The Board may authorize the President to create other positionsdeemed necessary on a temporary or experimental basis. Any two or moreoffices may be held by the same person except the office of President andTreasurer, and those of President and any Vice-Presidency. The ExecutiveBoard may also select an Executive Director to manage the day to dayoperationsoftheCorporation.

10.5.2. Election And TermOf Office.Membersof theExecutiveBoardarenominatedandelectedbytheBoardofDirectorsatanannualmeeting,exceptfor the Corporate Secretary, who is appointed by the President, and thePresidentEmeritus,ImmediatePastPresidentandExecutiveDirector,whoareall Ex-officio. The President may not serve more than two 3-year terms insuccession.Allothermembersserve3-yearterms,withnolimitonthenumberofconsecutiveterms,exceptthattheImmediatePastPresidentshallserveonlyonethreeyearterm.ThePresident,Exec-VicePresident,VPAlpine,VPNordic,VP Snowboard, VP Academic Affairs and Treasurer will be elected inalternatingyears.Eachofficershallholdofficeuntilasuccessorshallhavebeendulyelectedoruntilhispriordeath,resignationorremoval.

10.5.2.1. NominationsshallbesoughtbythePresident/Nominations&AwardsCommittee8weeksprior to theannualBODMeeting.Nominations shallbe closed 4 weeks later. Following receipt of nominations, the list ofnominationsshallbedistributedtotheexistingdirectorswiththenameofthenominator(s).Thenomineeswithasinglenominatorshallbeputforthforsecondingoftheirnominationsbytheexistingdirectors.Secondswillbeacceptedfor1weekfollowingdistribution.Candidateswillbenotifiedofnominationandrequested tosubmitacandidate’s statementwithin1week.Allstatementsreceivedwillthenbedistributedtothedirectors.Theelectionofofficersshallbethefirstitemofnewbusinessonthemeetingagenda.Inthecaseofmorethantwonominees(or4fortheExecutive–at-Largeposition),aprimaryelectionshallbeheldtoreducethefieldtotwocandidatespriortothegeneralvote.Electionsshallbeconductedusingasingle paper ballot with all nominees’ names listed for the availableposition.Inthecaseofacandidatereceivingthegreatestnumberofvotesfortwopositions,theywillbeallowedtorelinquishonepositionandtheprocess will be repeated, primary & election, including all the originalnomineesstillavailable.Thetermofofficefordirectorswillbeginwiththestartofnextfiscalyearoftheorganization.

O.I.RotationofVotingforOfficers,startingin:

President 2020

ExecutiveVicePresident 2020


141

VPAlpine 2018

VPSnowboard 2019

VPNordic 2020

VPAcademicAffairs 2019

Treasurer 2018

ExecutiveatLarge1 2019

ExecutiveatLarge2 2018

10.5.3. Removal. Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of

Directorswhenever the judgment is that thebest interest of theCorporationwillbeservedthereby.

10.5.4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any principal office because of death,resignation, or removal, disqualification or otherwise, shall be filled by theBoard of Directors for the un-expired portion of the term. If required, thePresidentmayappoint an acting replacement for anyvacant electedpositionwiththeconsentoftheExecutiveBoard.

10.5.5. Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board is thePresident,andhe/sheshallpresideatallmeetingsoftheBoardofDirectorsatwhich he/she is president. The Presidentmay select anothermember of theBoard to chair the meeting if he/she so designates. In the absence of thePresident, theBoardmeetingwillbechairedby theExecutiveVice-President.Intheabsenceofboth,theBoardofDirectorsmayselectoneoftheDirectorstochairthatparticularmeeting.

10.5.6. President. He/she shall be Ex-officio a member of all StandingCommitteesandshallbechairpersonofsuchcommitteesas isdeterminedbythe Board of Directors. He shall have such other powers and duties asmayfromtimetotimebeprescribedbytheby-lawsorbyresolutionoftheBoardofDirectors. The President shall be responsible for executive and managerialdutiesinconjunctionwiththeExecutiveDirector,andsubjecttocontroloftheBoardofDirectors.Heshallassurethatthefinancialaffairsoftheorganization,including daily disbursements, collections, audits, and financial reviews, areproperlymaintainedandexecuted.Heshallhavetheauthoritytosign,executeand acknowledge, on behalf of the Corporation all contracts, leases, reports,expenditures,andallotherdocumentsor instrumentsnecessaryorproper tobeexecutedinthecourseoftheCorporation'sregularbusinessaffairs,exceptthose which require annual Board approval as designated by the Board ofDirectors (pertaining to imposed restrictions which limit theassigned rightsand duties of standing committees); and, except as otherwise restricted,authorize the Executive Vice President or other officers or agents of thisCorporationtosign,executeandacknowledgesuchdocumentsorinstruments


142

inhisplaceinstead.ThePresidentwillserveontheUSSACollegiateCommitteeandbeinattendanceofthatmeeting,ormaydelegatethisresponsibility.

10.5.7. Executive Vice-President. The Executive Vice-President assists thePresidentinthedischargeofsupervisory,managerialandexecutivedutiesandfunctions.IntheabsenceofthePresident,orintheeventofhisdeath,inabilityorrefusal toact, theExecutiveVice-Presidentshallperformthedutiesof thePresident. He shall perform such other duties as from time to time may beassignedtohimbytheBoardofDirectorsorthePresident.

10.5.8. Vice President(s). The Vice-Presidents will be CommitteeChairpersonswithassignedcommitteeresponsibilities,suchasalpine,nordic,snowboard,andacademicaffairscommittees.Heorshemayhavesuchotherduties andexercise suchauthority as from time to timemaybedelegatedorassignedtohimorherbythePresidentorbytheBoardofDirectors.

10.5.9. Corporate Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of allBoardmeetingsandconferencecalls.Sendallnoticesasstipulatedintheseby-laws. Bethecustodianof theCorporateRecords.Havesuchotherdutiesandexercisesuchauthorityas fromtimetotimemaybedelegatedorassignedtohimorherbythePresidentorBoardofDirectors.

10.5.10. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be responsible for acting as aguardian over the financial transactions of the organization. Investigatefinancialmatters and records concerning financialhealthof theorganization,particularly as directed by the Executive Board. Bring forth issues to theExecutive Board concerning the fiscal operation of the organization. Inconjunction with the President, assure that the financial affairs of theorganization, including daily disbursements, collections, audits, and financialreviews,areproperlymaintainedandexecuted.

10.5.11. ExecutiveDirector.TheExecutiveBoardmaydesignateanindividualto manage and administer the daily affairs of the Association and assignresponsibilitiesasmaybedeemednecessary.TheExecutiveDirectorservesatthediscretionoftheExecutiveBoard.TheExecutiveDirectorshall,ingeneral,superviseandcontrol thebusinessaffairsof theCorporation, andshall serveonallcommitteesinanon-votingposition.

10.5.12. Executive-At-Large.TheExecutives-At-Largewillberepresentativeselected from the USCSA at-large pool, to the Board of Directors by the fullboard.Thesepositionswill be two (2) (3) year termsand theywill rotate inelection. The Executives-At-Large will be the primary advisors andadministrators for the Student Athlete Representatives. The Executives-At-LargearealsomembersoftheExecutiveBoardofDirectors.

ARTICLEV–PERMANENTSTANDINGCOMMITTEES10.6.

10.6.1. Number.ThefollowingaretobeconsideredthepermanentStandingCommitteesoftheCorporation:10.6.1.1. AlpineCompetitionandRulesCommittee


143

10.6.1.2. NordicCompetitionandRulesCommittee10.6.1.3. SnowboardCompetitionandRulesCommittee10.6.1.4. AcademicAffairsCommittee10.6.1.5. NationalChampionshipsCommittee10.6.1.6. BusinessandLegalCommittee10.6.1.7. NominationsandAwardsCommittee10.6.1.8. StudentAthleteCommittee10.6.1.9. TechnologyCommittee10.6.1.10. NationalOfficeandExecutiveDirectorCommittee10.6.1.11. HistorianCommittee

10.6.2. Administration. The permanent Standing Committees shall beheadedbyandcoordinatedthroughrespectivecommitteeVice-Presidents.TheVicePresidentofeachcommitteeshallrepresentthatcommitteetotheBoardofDirectors.

10.6.2.1. The Alpine Competition and Rules Committee, the SnowboardCompetitionandRulesCommitteeandtheNordicCompetitionandRulesCommittee shallbe chairedby theVice-PresidentsofAlpine,SnowboardandNordic.ThereDirectors.ThecommitteesshallupdateandsubmitnewUSSA and FIS rules to the Board of Directors each year; run sub-committeemeetingsforrulesandchangestobesubmitted;reportresultstotheBoardofDirectorsforapproval; fieldquestionsduringtheyearaspertaining to that discipline; and, be an advisor for the nationalchampionships and assist in site recommendations for the nationalchampionships.

10.6.2.2. The Academic Affairs Committee is an authority on the rules ofUSCSAandNCAA,andshouldhaveaccesstoNCAAOffices.ThereshallbeonevotefromthechairpersonofthiscommitteeontheBoardofDirectors.Thecommitteewill includeachairpersonand threemembers. AUSCSAstaff person will be an Ex-Officio member to the committee. Thecommitteeshall:

• Receivecopiesofappealsregardingeligibility.

• Revieweligibilityregistrationformsofselectinstitutions.

• Keep the eligibility forms up to date in terms of our rules ofeligibility.

• Be taskedwith the annual updates of the Competition and RulesManual,per theapprovedmeetingminutesandchanges that takeplaceattheannualBoardMeeting.TheannualeditionoftheUSCSArulesbookwillbereleasedonthefirstdayofSeptember.Allruleschanges will be noted in a color other than black for easy


144

identification.EachoftheVPsofsportdisciplinewillapprovetheirsection, by submitting a signed affidavit document to the AACCommittee.

10.6.2.3. TheNational Championships Committee and chairperson shall beappointedby thePresidentwithapprovalof theBoardofDirectors.Themembers will include: Chairperson, Alpine Coordinator, NordicCoordinator, Snowboard Coordinator, Host School or ConferenceRepresentative,USCSAExecutiveDirector (non- voting), ImmediatePastPresident (Ex-officio), and two Student Representatives. This committeeshallbeinchargeofoverseeingtheNationalChampionships.

10.6.2.4. The Business and Legal Committee and chairperson shall beappointedby thePresidentwithapprovalof theBoardofDirectors.Thecommitteewill includeup to fiveadditionalmembers that thePresidentappoints.TheExecutiveDirectorwillserveasanon-votingmember.

10.6.2.5. The Nominations and Awards Committee chairperson and twoadditionalmembersshallbeappointedbythePresident.

10.6.2.6. TheStudent/Athlete Committee chairpersonshallbeappointedbythePresidentwithapprovaloftheBoardofDirectors.Thecommitteewillincludethesixstudent/athleterepresentatives.

10.6.2.7. TheTechnology Committee is chargedwith proposing, evaluating,and recommending implementation of new technologies to advance themission,efficiency,andaccuracyofthebusinessoftheUSCSA.Committeeis comprised of 4 members initially appointed by the president. Goingforward, annually, the president will consider nominations from thecommittee for new appointments. The committee will select a chairannually from the committee members following the annual Board ofDirectorsMeeting.

10.6.2.8. National Office and Executive Director Committee membership:ExecutiveVicePresident,Treasurer,ImmediatePastPresidentsremainingactive on the BOD Committee Duties: Overseeing all aspects NationalOfficeoperations.Morespecifically,to:

10.6.2.8.1. Make decisions regarding any capital improvements (phone,computer,computersoftware,etc.)neededatthenationaloffice.

10.6.2.8.2. ToactasaliaisonbetweenourmembershipandourExecutiveDirectorwheneverquestionsorconcernsmightarise.

10.6.2.8.3. ToactasaliaisonbetweenboardmembersandourExecutiveDirectorwheneverquestionsorconcernsmightarise.

10.6.2.8.4. To act as a liaison between the President and our ExecutiveDirectorwheneverquestionsorconcernsmightarise.

10.6.2.8.5. To conduct annual reviews, including salary reviews, for ourExecutiveDirector.


145

10.6.2.9. TheHistorian Committee is chargedwith researching,maintainingand publishing the history of the USCSA. The Committee Chair shallinitiallybeappointedbythePresident.TheChairandthePresidentshallnameadditionalcommitteemembers.Thecommitteewillbeassignedtwoordersofbusiness:Createandadoptoperatingrulesandprocedures forcommittee membership and election of the Committee Chair; andDocument the past National Championships (i.e results, photographs,article clippings, etc.etc.) throughout the history of USCSA/NCSAChampionships

10.6.3. CommitteeResponsibilities.Committeechairpersonsshallannuallysubmit to the Board of Directors for approval, all proposals of operation fortheir respective committees, in time for the annual meeting of the Board ofDirectors,orasrequired.

10.6.4. AdditionalSpecialorAdHocCommittees.ThePresident,ExecutiveBoardandBoardofDirectorscancreatewhateveradditionalcommitteesthatmay be required to meet short term objectives. The number of permanentstanding committees (See Section10.6.1) shall remain fixedunless theseBy-Laws are amended accordingly. The President shall be responsible forappointingthechairpersonandmembersofspecialandadhoccommittees.

ARTICLEVI–EXECUTIVEBOARD10.7.10.7.1. Members. The Executive Board of this Corporation consists of the

President,ExecutiveVicePresident,VicepresidentofAlpine,VicePresidentofSnowboard, Vice President of Nordic, Vice President of Academic Affairs,Treasurer, Corporate Secretary (non-voting), two Executives At-Large,President Emeritus, Immediate Past President (non-voting), and ExecutiveDirector(non-voting).TheCorporateSecretaryisappointedbythePresident.

10.7.2. Function.TheExecutiveBoardshallassistandadvisethePresident,or,ifrequired,actonhisorherbehalfindevelopingorimplementingprogramsorpoliciesbeneficialtotheCorporation.TheExecutiveBoardisresponsiblefortheday-to-dayexecutionof programsasapprovedby theBoardofDirectorsand inharmonywithavailableresources.TheExecutiveBoardshallhave theauthority to prescribe the powers, duties, responsibility; to providecompensation; and, to delegate authority to the chairpersons of theCorporation.TheExecutiveBoardisempoweredtoactonbehalfoftheBoardof Directors, with the same power as the Board of Directors on all mattersbrought before it between regular meetings of the Board of Directors. Ifnecessary,theExecutiveBoardmayfillthevacatedpostofthePresidentratherthanhavingautomaticascendancy.

ARTICLEVII–MEMBERSHIPANDMEMBERSHIPOBLIGATIONS10.8.

10.8.1. Team Membership. A college ski or snowboard team can gainmembership in theUSCSAonly throughmembership inanUSCSAsanctionedandaffiliatedconference,theseconstituting:


146

10.8.1.1. Region1–WestNorthwestCollegiateSkiConferenceRockyMountainCollegiateSkiConference

GrandTetonCollegiateSkiConference10.8.1.2. Region2–FarWest

NorthernCaliforniaCollegiateSki&SnowboardConference

SouthwestCollegiateSkiConference10.8.1.3. Region3-Midwest

MidwestCollegiateSkiConference

10.8.1.4. Region4–EasternEasternCollegiateSkiConference

10.8.1.5. Region5–Mid-AtlanticAlleghenyCollegiateSkiConference

SoutheastCollegiateSkiConference

AtlanticHighlandsCollegiateSkiConference10.8.1.6. Region6–Mideast

MideastCollegiateSkiConference

10.8.2. Conference Jurisdiction. No Conference may expand its territoryinto another USCSA conference’s assigned area of jurisdiction, withoutpermissionof theconferenceaffectedandbyaffirmativevoteatameetingofthe Alpine, Snowboard and Nordic Competition & Rules Committees. TheUSCSAdoesnot recognizeanyothercollegeracingprogram for jurisdictionalpurposes if such program holds no USCSA affiliation. USCSA member teamsmay compete in any affiliated conference on the basis of proximity andconvenience.

10.8.3. Canadian Team Participation. The USCSA permits Canadian teammembership as part of anUSCSA affiliated conference structurebased in thecontinental United States. Canadian teamsmust petition the USCSABoard ofDirectors formembership througha regionalUSCSAconference.Membershipwill be granted only if a conference votes unanimously in support of suchpetition.

10.8.4. ConferenceObligations.AnUSCSAaffiliateconferenceistheofficialUSCSA competition sanctioned structure within the assigned conferenceterritory, and, therefore, represents the USCSA and has the obligation toexecute for that region all official policy and rule requirements. No affiliateConferenceshallhavetheindependentauthoritytoimplementpolicywhichisnot in agreementwithUSCSApolicyunlesswaivedby committeedecision to


147

accommodateauniqueandjustifiableregionalabnormality,andtodosocouldbecauseforlossofaffiliationorsanctions.

10.8.5. Conference Liabilities For USCSA Assets. Each conference is heldresponsibleforanyandallequipmentloanedtoitbythisCorporation,thistobereturnedingoodworkingorderorthatreplacementfinancialrestitutionismadeintheeventofanaffiliatestatustermination,orasmaybeorderedbytheSPECIFICCompetition&RulesCommittees.

10.8.6. USCSA rights to Conference Assets. Each USCSA conference shallstipulate in its bylaws that, in the event a conference is dissolved, or in theeventofbecoming inactive,allremainingconferenceassetsshall immediatelybecomepropertyoftheUSCSA.

10.8.7. Suspension. The USCSA Competition Committee may terminate,suspend,orfineanyteam,coachoraffiliatewhichbehavesinsuchmannerastojeopardizethegoodnameofthisCorporationorthatofanothermemberoraffiliate.Membership in this Corporation should be considered an honorabledistinctionwhichisonlyextendedonaninvitationalbasis.

10.8.8. SanctionsbyUSCSA.Whendeemednecessary,theUSCSAshallutilizeitspowerstoassurefairtreatment,protectionandfavorableconditionsforallmembersandaffiliatesintheirfinancialandcompetitivedealingswithothers,andviceversa.Thesepowersinclude,amongothers,suchsanctionsasfinancialpenalties, ineligibility to participate inUSCSA functions, boycott, legal action,etc.

10.8.8.1. Aconfirmedqualifiedteamorindividualwhodoesn’tparticipateinaregional or national championship may have sanctions brought againstthembytheUSCSABoardofDirectors.

10.8.8.2. Institutions/Teams/Individuals allowing membership to lapse orterminating membership while sanctioned by the organization mustpetition the USCSA Executive Board of Directors for reinstatement ofmembershipprivileges

10.8.9. USCSAFinancialAid ForRegionalAffiliatePrograms.TheUSCSAmaymake available grants-in-aid to partially cover the expense of operationfor regional affiliate conferences. Until fully used for intended purposes, allremainingfundsshallremainthepropertyoftheUSCSA.Fulldocumentationofall fundsutilizedmustbeprovidedtotheUSCSAtomeettherequirementsofUSCSA internal and external audits. In the event of program termination, allremaining USCSA provided funding shall be returned to the USCSA treasury.This holds true also for moneys obtained through commercial sponsors, inwhich the USCSA negotiated and guaranteed performance on behalf of itsaffiliatesandcommittees.Anyequipmentpurchased inpartor inwholewithsuch funds shall become theproperty of theUSCSA andbe subject toUSCSApolicy.


148

10.8.10. Application Of Rules. USCSA competition and eligibility rules shalluniformly govern all affiliated conference competitive events and the teamsparticipatinginthem.It istheresponsibilityoftheCompetitionCommitteetofairly develop and administer those rules in joint cooperation betweenrepresentative conferences. In the event that a school's athletic departmenteligibility policy differs from USCSA policy, USCSA eligibility rules are theminimum standards for eligibility and competition, (some institutions mayexceed these minimums). USCSA ski & snowboard teams are required tobecome familiar with all applicable competition eligibility rules of theAssociation.

10.8.11. Board of Director Representation. Affiliated teams of the USCSAshallberepresentedontheBoardofDirectorsoftheCorporationthroughtheirelected conference representative, and the appointed representatives on theAlpine, Nordic and Snowboard Competition & Rules Committees, and by theStudent-AthleterepresentationontheBoardofDirectors.

10.8.12. Principles of Sportsmanship and Ethical Conduct. In order tofulfillthemissionandpurposesoftheAssociationtherigidobservanceofasetof“principlesofconduct”isrequired.ToenableUSCSAprogramsandeventstopromotethecharacteranddevelopmentofparticipants,enhancetheintegrityofhighereducation,promotefairandsafecompetition,andpromotecivilityinsociety, all student-athletes, coaches, and all others associated with USCSAprograms and events shall adhere to such fundamental values as respect,fairness, civility, honesty andpersonal responsibility. These values shouldbemanifestnotonlyinspecificUSCSAprogramsandevents,butalsointhebroadspectrum of activities involved with and affecting the USCSA programs. Tomaintain the desired level of sportsmanship and ethical conduct, it is theresponsibility of each member program to be aware of and adhere to theirinstitution’s policies regarding sportsmanship and ethical conduct inintercollegiateathletics,toincludeapplicableNCAAruleswhenapplicableandthefollowingUSCSAPrinciplesofConduct.

10.8.13. USCSA Principles of Conduct. Membership in the United StatesCollegiateSkiandSnowboardAssociationisaprivilege,notaright.AllUSCSAmembers(athletes,coaches,officialsandvolunteers)whenparticipatinginanyUSCSA activitymust agree to conduct themselves according to USCSA’s corevalues and abide by the spirit and dictates of this Principles of Conduct. Allmembersmust agree to conduct themselves in a sportsmanlikemanner, andareresponsible for theiractionswhileattendingorparticipating inallUSCSAactivities(includingbutnotlimitedtocamps,competitions,projects,meetingsandrelatedbusinessassociatedwiththeaforementioned).

10.8.13.1. Sportsmanlike conduct is defined as, but is not limited to: respectforfollowingmembers,competitionofficials,volunteers,USCSAandresortemployees,andtheskiingandsnowboardingpublic,respectforfacilities,privileges and operating procedures, the use of courtesy and goodmanners, acting responsibly and maturely, refraining from the use of


149

profaneor abusive language, andabstinence from; illegal useof alcohol,legaluseofalcoholduringcompetitions&useofillegalorbanneddrugs.

10.8.13.2. WhileparticipatinginanyUSCSAactivity:10.8.13.2.1. USCSA members shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the

USCSABylaws,andtheUSCSAPrinciplesofConduct.

10.8.13.2.2. USCSAmembersshallconductthemselvesatalltimesandinallplaces as befits worthy representatives of the United States ofAmerica, USCSA, their conference, division, or school and inaccordance with the best traditions of national and internationalcompetition.

10.8.13.2.3. USCSA members are responsible for knowledge of andadherence to competition rules and procedures. Members are alsoresponsible for knowledge of and adherence to the rules andprocedures of the USCSA Conferences, Divisions and ski resorts orsiteatwhichafunctionhasbeencalendared..

10.8.13.2.4. USCSAmembers shall maintain high standards of moral andethicalconduct,whichincludesself-controlandresponsiblebehavior,consideration for the physical and emotional well-being of others,andcourtesyandgoodmanners.

10.8.13.2.5. USCSA members shall abide by USCSA rules and procedureswhile traveling to and from and participating in official USCSAactivities.

10.8.13.2.6. USCSAmembersshallabstainfromillegaland/orimmoderateconsumption of alcohol. Absolutely no consumption of alcohol ispermitted during an athletic event (competition, training) or forindividualsundertheageof21.

10.8.13.2.7. Members under 21 years of age shall not participate ingatherings involving consumption of alcohol unless it is an officialUSCSAevent.

10.8.13.2.8. NoUSCSAmembershallknowinglyengageincriminalactivity.10.8.13.2.9. NoUSCSAmember shall engage in any conduct that couldbe

perceived as harassment based upon gender, age, race, religion,disabilityorsexualpreference.

10.8.13.2.10. NoUSCSAmember shall engage in any conduct that couldbeperceived as bullying as presented in the USCSA Anti-BullyingPolicyorbystateandfederallaws.

10.8.13.2.11. USCSAmembers will avoid profane or abusive language anddisruptivebehavior.

10.8.13.2.12. USCSA members agree to abide by anti-doping rules andproceduresestablishedbyWADA,USADA,and/orFIS.


150

10.8.13.3. Failure to comply with any of the above provisions may lead todisciplinary action by the appropriate USCSA Division, Conference orNationalBodies.Disciplinaryactionmayinclude:

§ Removalfromtheevent(s)§ Suspensionfromcompetition(s)

§ Eliminationof coaching,officiating,volunteeringand/orcompetitionprivileges,andotherbenefits.

§ ForfeitureofUSCSAmembership.

10.8.13.4. USCSA is committed toprinciplesof fairness,dueprocess andequalopportunity.Membersareentitledtobetreatedfairlyandincompliancewith USCSA’s Bylaws, policies and procedures. Members are entitled tonoticeandanopportunityforahearing.Informationontheprocessesforgrievances,suspensionsandappealsisavailableatwww.uscsa.com.

10.8.13.5. Nothing in this Code shall be deemed to restrict the individualfreedomofaUSCSAmember inmattersnot involvingactivities inwhichone could not be perceived as representing USCSA. In choices ofappearance,lifestyle,behaviorandspeechwhilenotrepresentingUSCSA,Competitors, coaches, officials and volunteers shall have completefreedom,providedtheirstatementsandactionsdonotadverselyaffectthenameandreputationoftheUSCSA.However,inthoseeventswhereoneisrepresenting or could be perceived as representing USCSA, USCSAdemands that itsmembersunderstandandagree tobehave inamannerconsistent with the best traditions of sportsmanship and USCSA’s corevalues.

10.8.14. ANTI-BULLYING POLICY. USCSA is committed to providing allmembersahealthyandsafeenvironment.USCSAwillensurethatproceduresexist to allow complaints of bullying to be dealt with and resolved withinUSCSA,withoutlimitinganyperson’sentitlementtopursueresolutionoftheircomplaint with the relevant statutory authority. USCSA is committed to theeliminationofallformsofbullying.

This policy applies to all members of USCSA. It applies at all times whenmembersmightbeinteractingtocarryouttheobjectivesoftheUSCSA.Therewillbenorecriminationsforanyonewhoingoodfaithallegesbullying.

10.8.14.1. DEFINITIONS.10.8.14.1.1. Bullying is unwelcome or unreasonable behavior that

demeans,intimidatesorhumiliatespeopleeitherasindividualsorasa group.Bullyingbehavior isoftenpersistent andpartof apattern,butitcanalsooccurasasingleincident.Itisusuallycarriedoutbyanindividual but can also be an aspect of group behavior (see


151

“mobbing” Section 10.8.14.1.2 below). Some examples of bullyingbehaviorare:

• Verbalcommunication

• Abusiveandoffensivelanguage

• Insults

• Teasing

• Spreadingrumorandinnuendo

• Unreasonablecriticism

• Trivializingofworkandachievements

• Manipulatingtheworkenvironment

• Isolatingpeoplefromnormalworkinteraction

• Excessivedemands

• SettingimpossibledeadlinesPsychologicalmanipulation

• Unfairlyblamingformistakes

• Settingpeopleupforfailure

• Deliberateexclusion

• Excessivesupervision

• Practicaljokes

• Belittlingordisregardingopinionsorsuggestions

• Criticizinginpublic

Context is important in understanding bullying, particularly verbalcommunication. There is a difference between friendly insultsexchanged by long-time work colleagues and comments that aremeant to be, or are taken as, demeaning. While care should beexercised, particularly if a person is reporting alleged bullying as awitness, it is better to be genuinely mistaken than to let actualbullyinggounreported.

10.8.14.1.2. MobbingandHazing.Mobbingisaparticulartypeofbullyingbehavior carried out by a group rather than by an individual.Mobbing and Hazing are social isolation of a person throughcollectiveunjustifiedaccusations,humiliation,generalharassmentoremotional abuse. Although it is group behavior, specific incidents


152

such as an insult or a practical joke may be carried out by anindividualaspartofmobbingandhazingbehavior.

10.8.14.2. CONSEQUENCES OF BULLYING. Bullying is unacceptable behaviorbecause it breachesprinciplesof equality and fairness, and it frequentlyrepresents an abuse of power and authority. It also has potentialconsequencesforeveryoneinvolved.

The purpose of this policy is to communicate to all members that theUSCSAwillnotinanyinstancetoleratebullyingbehavior.Membersfoundin violation of this policy will be disciplined, up to and includingrevocationofmembershipprivilegesinperpetuity.

Bullyingmaybe intentionalorunintentional.However, itmustbenotedthatwhereanallegationofbullying ismade, the intentionof theallegedbully is irrelevant, andwill not be given considerationwhenmetingoutdiscipline.Asinsexualharassment,itistheeffectofthebehaviorupontheindividualwhichisimportant.

10.8.14.3. RESPONSIBILITIES.10.8.14.3.1. OfficersandCoordinators.

• Ensurethatallmembersareawareoftheanti-bullyingpolicyandprocedures.

• Ensurethatanyincidentofbullyingisdealtwithregardlessofwhetheracomplaintofbullyinghasbeenreceived.

• Provide leadership and role-modeling in appropriateprofessionalbehavior.

• Respond promptly, sensitively and confidentially to allsituationswhere bullying behavior is observed or alleged tohaveoccurred.

10.8.14.3.2. Members.• Befamiliarwithandbehaveaccordingtothispolicy.

• If you are a witness to bullying, report incidents to yourDivisionorConferenceCoordinator,oranOfficeroftheUSCSAasappropriate

• Whereappropriate,speaktotheallegedbully(ies)toobjecttothebehavior.

O.I.:Anathletewhoqualifiesforanon-USCSAeventcalendaredinconflictwithsomeoralloftheUSCSACollegiateSkiing&SnowboardingNationalorRegional


153

ChampionshipsshallremovethemselvesfromcompetitionsheldforthepurposesofqualifyingteamstoUSCSAeventinconflict.

ARTICLE VIII – AFFILIATION, JURISDICTION, AND COMMERCIAL SPONSOR10.9.OBLIGATIONS10.9.1. Affiliations. The Board of Directors of this Corporation may enter

intoagreementsofaffiliationinordertoachievecorporateprogramobjectiveswith other non-profit incorporated ski & snowboard industry relatedassociations.

10.9.2. Territory.ThisCorporationshallhaveoperationaljurisdictioninthecontinentalUnitedStatesandAlaska.

10.9.3. NationalSponsorshipAgreements.ThisCorporationmayenterintonational sponsorship agreements, the implementation of which shall beaccomplished through all respective committees and USCSA CompetitionConferences. National sponsorship programs and their implementation shallhavepriorityoverregionalconsiderations.

ARTICLEIX–ADVISORYBOARD10.10.

10.10.1. Advisory Board.ThisCorporationmay invitemembersof theski&snowboardindustrycommunityandfromindustriesorprofessionswhichmaybeofaidtotheCorporation,asmembersofaspecialCorporateAdvisoryBoard.

10.10.2. Chairman.TheChairpersonofthecorporateAdvisoryBoardshallbetheChairpersonoftheBoardoftheCorporation(USCSAPresident)ormaybeappointedbythePresident.Inhisabsenceorathisdirection,thisfunctionmaybeperformedbytheExecutiveVicePresident.

10.10.3. Meetings.Anannualmeetingmaybecalled.EmphasisistobeplacedonkeepingtheCorporateAdvisoryBoardabreastofalldevelopmentsthroughregularcorrespondence.

10.10.4. Tenure. Members of the Corporate Advisory Board shall hold theirpositionforaoneyearterm,withtheoptionofrenewalbymutualconsent.

10.10.5. Powers.TheUSCSAAdvisoryBoardshallactinanadvisorycapacitytotheBoardofDirectors,andmaymakespecificprogramrecommendations.

10.10.6. Selection. Selection shall be by invitation of the President of thisCorporationandtheExecutiveDirector,withapprovalofboardofdirectors.

ARTICLEX–COMMERCIALMEMBERSHIP10.11.10.11.1. Commercial Membership. The USCSA Board of Directors may

annually permit the establishment of a commercial membership. Proceedsfrom such membership classification shall be used exclusively to defray thecost of the annual USCSA “United States Collegiate Skiing and SnowboardChampionships”.


154

10.11.2. Benefits To Commercial Members. The Board of Directors of thisCorporationmayapprovewhatever inducements it seesappropriate inordertoattractsuchmembership.

ARTICLEXI–ALUMNIMEMBERSHIP10.12.10.12.1. Association of USCSA Alumni. The USCSA shall offer an alumni

membership, with the benefits and dues to be annually determined by theBoard of Directors. The management and promotion of the USCSA alumniprogramshallbeimplementedthroughastandingcommitteeandthenationaloffice.

ARTICLEXII–AMENDMENTSOFBY-LAWS10.13.10.13.1. By-Laws Amendments. Any portion of these By-Laws may be

amended by a two-thirds majority vote of the Board of Directors at a dulyauthorized Board meeting, with the details of recommendation for changehavingbeenmailedtoallBoardmembersnolessthanthirty(30)dayspriortosuchdateofmeeting.

10.13.2. Grammar, Spelling, and Punctuation. Grammar, spelling, andpunctuation changesmay be recommended by a simplemajority vote of theBusinessandLegalCommitteeandasimplemajorityvoteofExecutiveBoard.The Executive Board may independently initiate and approve grammar,spelling,andpunctuationwithasimplemajorityvoteandnotifythefullboardofthechanges.

ARTICLEXIII–GENERALCONDUCTINGOFMEETINGS10.14.

10.14.1. Parliamentary Procedures. Allmeetings of the Board of Directorsand those of the standing committees shall be governed by parliamentaryprocedures as outlined in Robert's Rules of Order. The chairperson for eachmeeting shall designate a parliamentarian for that meeting. The Board ofDirectorsandcommitteesmaymovetosuspendparliamentaryproceduresforportionsofameeting.

10.14.2. Advance Notice of Meeting Agenda. The Board of Directors andstanding committee representatives shall receive themeeting agendano lessthan thirty (30)days inadvance.No formalactionmaybe takenonany itemnot appearing on such advance agenda unless approved by the Board at themeeting.

10.14.3. PostingofMeetingMinutes.Meetingminutesshallbepostedwithin30daysfollowingtheannualBoardofDirectors'meetingandshallbemarked"unapproved" until such time as the Board approves the minutes whenassembled following the meeting. Upon Board approval, the 'unapproved'notation shall be replacedwith 'ApprovedDATE"where date shallmean thedateofBoardApproval.Minutes shallbeposted foreachmeeting forno lessthan five (5) years following the meeting on the USCSA website (or otheraccessible media outlet) for all Board Members, committee representatives,coaches,andathletestoviewandreference.


155

ARTICLEXIV–EXECUTIVECOMPENSATION10.15.

10.15.1. ExecutiveCompensation.TheCorporationmayengagetheservicesof professional and non-elected paid administrators, to implement Boardapprovedprogramsandsuperviseotherstaffandvolunteeractivities.

ARTICLEXV–COMPLIANCEWITHTHEUSCSABY-LAWS10.16.

10.16.1. By-Law Enforcement. It shall be the obligation of the Board ofDirectorsofthiscorporationtoenforcetheBy-lawsasstatedandamended,byanysuitablemeanstoensurecomplianceonbehalfofthemembershipofthisAssociation.

(EndofUSCSAArticlesofIncorporationandBy-Laws)10.17.

2017/ 2018 competition and rules manual · the use of all high fluorinated additives, which...

Documents